WO2022257629A1 - Wireless communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Wireless communication method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022257629A1 WO2022257629A1 PCT/CN2022/089310 CN2022089310W WO2022257629A1 WO 2022257629 A1 WO2022257629 A1 WO 2022257629A1 CN 2022089310 W CN2022089310 W CN 2022089310W WO 2022257629 A1 WO2022257629 A1 WO 2022257629A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- terminal
- qfi
- group
- session
- qos
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 287
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 222
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 250
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 250
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 64
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 38
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150119040 Nsmf gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/04—Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
- H04W28/0858—Load balancing or load distribution among entities in the uplink
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
- H04W28/0867—Load balancing or load distribution among entities in the downlink
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
- H04W28/09—Management thereof
- H04W28/0925—Management thereof using policies
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
- H04W4/08—User group management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/10—Connection setup
- H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/40—Connection management for selective distribution or broadcast
Definitions
- the present application relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a wireless communication method and a communication device.
- communication devices such as industrial devices in industrial applications, do not directly communicate with the network, but communicate with the network through terminals.
- the communication device sends uplink data to the terminal, and the terminal sends it to the network.
- the terminal receives downlink data from the network that needs to be sent to the communication device, and sends the downlink data to the communication device.
- the communication device has the requirement of reliability and large flow.
- the capability of the terminal connected to the communication device has an upper limit, and the terminal also has the possibility of failure, so that the requirements of the communication device for reliability and large flow cannot be met.
- Embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method and a communication device, so as to meet the requirements of communication equipment for reliability and large traffic.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a session management network element or a module (such as a chip) applied to the session management network element.
- the method includes: generating an identifier of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to a communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device ; Establish the group session according to the identifier of the group session.
- the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized.
- the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other, and when some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
- a first request from a first terminal is received, the first request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the first request is used to request to join the aggregation The group or is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device; if it is determined that the first terminal is included in the terminal list, then the first terminal is authorized to join the aggregation group, wherein the terminal list includes information that can provide information for the communication device.
- An endpoint for the aggregation service is provided.
- a first message is sent to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, and the QoS flow information of the group session.
- the first QoS information and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, the first message is used to request to establish the group session.
- the related information of the group session is sent to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device can send and receive data of the communication device through the group session, so that multiple terminals can share a group session, which is helpful save resources.
- the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
- the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
- the radio access network device or the first terminal may determine the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI, which may improve the accuracy of the second bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
- an association relationship between the data transmission between the terminal and the radio access network device and the data transmission between the radio access network device and the user plane network element can be established, so as to realize correct transmission of the communication device on the user plane.
- the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the first terminal; wherein, when the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the The identification information of the session of the first terminal and the second QoS information; or, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the information of the group session The second QoS information.
- the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned first indication information.
- the first terminal can correctly use the session of the first terminal to send the data of the communication device, so that the data can be correctly mapped to the group session on the radio access network device side.
- a group session establishment request from an application function network element is received, the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list includes information that can be used by the communication device A terminal providing aggregation services; determining the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the at least two terminals contained in the aggregation group are all from the terminal list.
- the aggregation group can be determined independently by the session management network element, which can improve the efficiency of determining the aggregation group.
- a joining request from a first terminal is received, where the joining request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the joining request is used to request joining the aggregation group; Determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group include the first terminal, and the at least two terminals are connected to the same wireless access network equipment.
- the aggregation group can be determined independently by the session management network element, which can improve the efficiency of determining the aggregation group.
- a first message is sent to the radio access network device, where the first message includes identification information of the group session, identification information of terminals in the aggregated group, and information about the group session.
- the related information of the group session is sent to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device can send and receive data of the communication device through the group session, so that multiple terminals can share a group session, which is helpful save resources.
- the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
- the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the fourth bandwidth parameter corresponding to the fourth QFI can be determined by the wireless access network device or the terminal in the aggregation group, which can improve the accuracy of the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
- an association relationship between the data transmission between the terminal and the radio access network device and the data transmission between the radio access network device and the user plane network element can be established, so as to realize correct transmission of the communication device on the user plane.
- the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the fourth QoS information.
- the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
- the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information.
- the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
- the terminals in the aggregation group can correctly use the terminal session or group session to send the data of the communication device, so that the data can be correctly mapped to the group session on the radio access network device side.
- a session establishment notification is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminals in the aggregation group Initiating the establishment of a group session; receiving a session establishment request from a terminal in the aggregation group, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
- a group session can be established based on the session establishment request of the terminal, so that the terminal can perceive the group session, and subsequently the terminal can send the data of the communication device to the wireless access network device through the group session or from the wireless access network device through the group session.
- the group session receives data from radio access network devices.
- the identification information of the communication device and the third indication information are sent to the policy control network element, and the third indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device;
- the fourth indication information of the element and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session, the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established.
- the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a radio access network device or a module (such as a chip) applied to the radio access network device.
- the method includes: receiving a first message from a session management network element, where the first message includes identification information of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, and the first message is used to request establishment of the group session; the aggregation group Including at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device; according to the identification information of the group session, the group session is established.
- the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized.
- the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other. When some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
- the first message further includes identification information of the first terminal, first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
- the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
- the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
- an offload strategy is determined according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal; according to the offload strategy, the offload strategy is determined. a second bandwidth parameter; sending the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
- the radio access network device determines the second bandwidth parameter, so that the first terminal performs offload control according to the second bandwidth parameter.
- the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal are sent to the first terminal, and the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal are used to determine the second bandwidth parameter.
- the terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter, so that the first terminal performs offload control according to the second bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
- a first data packet from the first terminal is received, and the first data packet includes the second QFI and the first data from the communication device; according to the first association relationship, generate a second data packet, where the second data packet includes the first QFI and the first data; and sending the second data packet to a user plane network element.
- a third data packet from a user plane network element is received, the third data packet includes the first QFI and the second data; according to the first association relationship, a fourth data packet is generated, The fourth data packet includes the second QFI and the second data; sending the fourth data packet to the first terminal.
- the first message further includes the identification information of the terminal in the aggregation group, the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group. Fourth QoS information.
- the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
- the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- an offload strategy is determined according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group; according to The distribution policy determines the fourth bandwidth parameter; and sends the fourth bandwidth parameter to the terminals in the aggregation group.
- the radio access network device determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group are sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, and the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group are sent to the terminals in the aggregation group.
- the offload ratio is used to determine the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
- receiving a fifth data packet from a terminal in the aggregation group the fifth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the third data from the communication device; according to the second association relationship, generating a sixth data packet, where the sixth data packet includes the third QFI and the third data; and sending the sixth data packet to a user plane network element.
- receiving a seventh data packet from a user plane network element includes the third QFI and the fourth data; generating an eighth data packet according to the second association relationship, The eighth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data; sending the eighth data packet to terminals in the aggregation group.
- an offloading rule is sent to the terminal in the aggregation group, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device.
- Rules for downlink data packets of radio access network devices are used to instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device.
- the distribution rule is sent to the terminal, so that the terminal can send and receive the data packet of the communication device according to the distribution rule, and realize the distribution control of the data packet of the communication device.
- group sessions are used between radio access network equipment and user plane network elements, a data transmission tunnel is shared, and group session identifiers of the entire group are shared, so when the offloading rules need to be adjusted, only the radio access
- the network access device and the terminal negotiate, and the core network does not require additional signaling procedures, which saves the time for adjusting distribution rules and increases the flexibility of configuration and adjustment of distribution rules.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a terminal or a module (such as a chip) applied to the terminal.
- the method includes: receiving an offloading rule from a wireless access network device, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send a downlink data packet from the wireless access network device
- a data packet rule according to the distribution rule, send the uplink data packet from the communication device to the radio access network device and/or send the downlink data packet from the radio access network device to the communication device.
- the terminal can send and receive the data packets of the communication device according to the distribution rule, so as to realize the distribution control of the data packets of the communication device, so as to meet the requirements of the communication device for large flow and reliability.
- a first request is sent to the session management network element, where the first request includes the identification information of the terminal and the identification information of the communication device;
- the QoS rule of the session wherein, in the case that the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the QoS information of the terminal; or, in the first request
- the QoS rule includes identification information of the group session and QoS information of the terminal, and the QoS information includes QFI.
- the QoS rule further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the radio access network device or the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
- the bandwidth parameter is determined by the terminal, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the bandwidth parameter.
- a URSP when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, a URSP is received, and the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device; After the data packet, according to the URSP, send the first request to the session management network element.
- a session establishment notification from a session management network element is received, and the session establishment notification includes the group session
- the identification information of the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminal to initiate the establishment of the group session; then the first request also includes the identification information of the group session.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a session management network element, or may be a module (such as a chip) for the session management network element.
- the device has the function of realizing any realization method of the first aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a radio access network device, or may be a module (such as a chip) for the radio access network device.
- the device has the function of implementing any implementation method of the second aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a terminal, or a module (such as a chip) for the terminal.
- the device has the function of realizing any realization method of the third aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes Any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a unit or means (means) for performing each step of any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above.
- the processor includes one or more.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor coupled to the memory, and the processor is used to call the program stored in the memory to execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above .
- the memory may be located within the device or external to the device. And there may be one or more processors.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a communication device, the above-mentioned first to third aspects Any implementation method of is executed.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run by a communication device, any of the above first to third aspects The implementation method is executed.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor, configured to execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, the communication system includes a session management network element and a wireless access network device for performing any implementation method of the second aspect above; wherein, the session management The network element is configured to send the first message to the radio access network device.
- Figure 1(a) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service architecture
- Figure 1(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for realizing multi-terminal aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 1(a) is a schematic diagram of the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) network architecture based on the service architecture.
- the 5G network architecture shown in Figure 1(a) can include three parts, namely terminals, data network (data network, DN) and operator network. The functions of some of the network elements are briefly introduced and described below.
- the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF) network element, application function (application function, AF) ) network elements, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function, SMF) network elements, radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment and users Plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) network element (not shown in the figure), etc.
- network elements or devices other than radio access network devices may be referred to as core network elements or core network devices.
- the wireless access network equipment can be a base station (base station), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), and a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in a 5G mobile communication system , a next-generation base station in a 6G mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) system, etc.; it can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, It can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
- the radio access network equipment may be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, or a relay node or a donor node.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the radio access network equipment.
- a base station is used as an example of a radio access network device for description.
- a terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, and so on.
- Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things ( internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
- Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the terminal.
- Base stations and terminals can be fixed or mobile. Base stations and terminals can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and artificial satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the base station and the terminal.
- the AMF network element performs functions such as mobility management and access authentication/authorization. In addition, it is also responsible for transferring user policies between the terminal and the PCF.
- the SMF network element performs functions such as session management, execution of control policies issued by the PCF, selection of UPF, and allocation of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for terminals.
- functions such as session management, execution of control policies issued by the PCF, selection of UPF, and allocation of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for terminals.
- IP Internet Protocol
- the UPF network element as the interface UPF with the data network, completes functions such as user plane data forwarding, session/flow-based charging statistics, and bandwidth limitation.
- the UDM network element performs functions such as managing subscription data and user access authorization.
- UDR implements the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
- NEF network elements are used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
- the AF network element transmits the requirements from the application side to the network side, such as Quality of Service (QoS) requirements or user status event subscriptions.
- QoS Quality of Service
- the AF may be a third-party functional entity, or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS) voice call service.
- IP Multimedia Subsystem IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS
- the PCF network element is responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee, mobility management, and terminal policy decision-making.
- the NRF network element can be used to provide a network element discovery function, and provide network element information corresponding to the network element type based on the request of other network elements.
- NRF also provides network element management services, such as network element registration, update, de-registration, network element status subscription and push, etc.
- the AUSF network element is responsible for authenticating users to determine whether users or devices are allowed to access the network.
- the NSSF network element is used to select a network slice and count users in the network slice.
- DN is a network outside the operator's network.
- the operator's network can access multiple DNs, and various services can be deployed on the DN, which can provide data and/or voice services for terminals.
- DN is a private network of a smart factory.
- the sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminals, and the control server of the sensors is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensors.
- the sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain instructions from the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instructions.
- DN is a company's internal office network.
- the mobile phone or computer of the company's employees can be a terminal, and the employee's mobile phone or computer can access information and data resources on the company's internal office network.
- Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, and Nsmf are the service interfaces provided by the above-mentioned AUSF, NEF, PCF, UDM, AF, AMF, and SMF, respectively, and are used to call corresponding service operations.
- N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard agreement, and no limitation is made here.
- Figure 1(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface.
- the introduction of the functions of the network elements can refer to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network elements in Figure 1(a), and will not be repeated here.
- the main difference between Figure 1(b) and Figure 1(a) is that the interface between each control plane network element in Figure 1(a) is a service interface, and each control plane network element in Figure 1(b) The interface between them is a point-to-point interface.
- N1 the interface between the AMF and the terminal, which can be used to transmit QoS control rules and the like to the terminal.
- N2 the interface between the AMF and the RAN, which can be used to transfer radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
- N3 the interface between the RAN and the UPF, mainly used to transfer the uplink and downlink user plane data between the RAN and the UPF.
- N4 The interface between SMF and UPF, which can be used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. Information reporting.
- N5 the interface between the AF and the PCF, which can be used for sending application service requests and reporting network events.
- N6 the interface between UPF and DN, used to transfer the uplink and downlink user data flow between UPF and DN.
- N7 the interface between PCF and SMF, which can be used to deliver protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session granularity and service data flow granularity control policy.
- protocol data unit protocol data unit
- PDU protocol data unit
- N8 The interface between AMF and UDM, which can be used for AMF to obtain subscription data and authentication data related to access and mobility management from UDM, and for AMF to register terminal current mobility management related information with UDM.
- N9 a user plane interface between UPF and UPF, used to transmit uplink and downlink user data flows between UPFs.
- N10 the interface between SMF and UDM, which can be used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register terminal current session-related information with UDM.
- N11 the interface between SMF and AMF, which can be used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to terminals, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
- N12 the interface between AMF and AUSF, which can be used for AMF to initiate an authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as a subscription identifier;
- N13 the interface between UDM and AUSF, which can be used for AUSF to obtain user authentication vector from UDM to execute the authentication process.
- N15 the interface between the PCF and the AMF, which can be used to issue terminal policies and access control-related policies.
- N35 the interface between UDM and UDR, which can be used for UDM to obtain user subscription data information from UDR.
- N36 the interface between the PCF and the UDR, which can be used for the PCF to obtain policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from the UDR.
- the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
- a platform for example, a cloud platform.
- the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the session management network element, user plane network element, and policy control network element in this application can be the SMF, UPF, and PCF in Figure 1(a) or Figure 1(b), respectively, or they can be future communications such as the sixth generation ( In the 6th generation, 6G) network, network elements having the functions of the above-mentioned SMF, UPF, and PCF are not limited in this application.
- SMF, UPF, and PCF are respectively used as an example of a session management network element, a user plane network element, and a policy control network element for description.
- the embodiment of this application proposes a multi-terminal capability aggregation solution, that is, multiple terminals jointly send and receive data for a communication device, and the capabilities of multiple terminals are aggregated together to form a large bandwidth , at the same time multiple terminals can back up each other to solve the reliability problem.
- the communication device in the embodiment of this application refers to a device that needs to send and receive data through a terminal, for example, it may be an industrial device in an industrial scenario.
- the communication device sends uplink data to the terminal, and the terminal sends the uplink data to the network; in the downlink direction, the terminal receives downlink data from the network and sends the downlink data to the communication device.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes the following steps:
- step 201 the SMF generates an identifier of a group session corresponding to the aggregated group.
- the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide the aggregation service for the communication device.
- the aggregation service here means that the terminals in the aggregation group provide services for the communication device at the same time.
- the specific performance is: in the uplink direction, the communication device sends the complete data to be sent to each terminal at the same time, and each terminal according to the distribution rules, each sending a portion of the complete data to the network.
- each terminal receives part of the complete data that needs to be sent to the communication device from the network, and then sends the received part of the data to the communication device, and the communication device obtains the complete data based on the data received from each terminal. data; or, each terminal receives the complete data that needs to be sent to the communication device from the network, and then sends the received complete data to the communication device, and the communication device deduplicates the complete data received from each terminal to obtain the corresponding data .
- the group session here refers to a session shared by various terminals in the aggregated group, and the session is used to send data of the communication device to the network, or receive data from the network that needs to be sent to the communication device.
- step 202 the SMF establishes a group session according to the identifier of the group session.
- the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized.
- the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other, and when some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for realizing multi-terminal aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device is connected to two terminals through wires or wirelessly at the same time, and each terminal has its own packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) entity.
- packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- PHY physical
- the base station has a unified PDCP entity for two terminals
- the data sent by the PDCP entities in the group are combined and sent to the UPF through the aggregated group-oriented group session.
- the communication device copies the data packet to be sent and sends it to two terminals at the same time.
- the PDCP entities of the two terminals use the serial number of the application data packet to synchronize the serial number of the data packet in the PDCP layer.
- the base station can set And configure the distribution rule, select the sequence number of the data packet to be sent in the respective PDCP entity. That is, both terminals receive all data packets, but only send data packets with specific serial numbers according to the distribution rules.
- the data packets sent by the two terminals are aggregated by the base station, and can be reordered according to serial numbers to obtain all data packets. The purpose of data packet offload transmission.
- the generation of the above aggregation group may be based on the terminal's request by the SMF to determine whether to add the terminal to the aggregation group, or the SMF may actively generate an aggregation group.
- Method 1 The SMF judges whether to add a terminal to the aggregation group based on the request of the terminal.
- the SMF receives a first request from the first terminal, the first request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, the first request is a join request, and is used to request Join the aggregation group, or the first request is a session establishment request, which is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the SMF judges whether the first terminal is included in the terminal list, and if so, authorizes the first terminal to join the aggregation group, wherein the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device , the terminal list can be provided to the PCF by the application function network elements related to the communication equipment, such as industrial controllers, etc., and then provided to the SMF by the PCF, or the terminal list can also be configured on the SMF by the operator, or by Operators are configured on the PCF, and then provided to the SMF by the PCF.
- the terminal list can be provided to the PCF by the application function network elements related to the communication equipment, such as industrial controllers, etc., and then provided to the SMF by the PCF, or the terminal list can also be configured on the SMF by the operator, or by Operators are configured on the PCF, and then provided to the SMF by the PCF.
- communication device A and a terminal list corresponding to communication device A are stored on the SMF, and the terminal list includes terminal 1 , terminal 2 , terminal 3 and terminal 4 .
- the terminal 1 sends the first request to the SMF, and the SMF determines that the terminal list includes the terminal 1, then authorizes the terminal 1 to join the aggregation group, that is, the aggregation group includes the terminal 1.
- the terminal 5 sends the first request to the SMF, and the SMF determines that the terminal 5 is not included in the terminal list, the terminal 5 is not authorized to join the aggregation group, that is, the aggregation group does not include the terminal 5.
- the terminal first needs to send a first request to the SMF, and when the SMF authorizes the terminal to join, the terminal can join the aggregation group. If a certain terminal does not send the first request, the terminal will not be added to the aggregation group. For example, if Terminal 1, Terminal 2, Terminal 5, and Terminal 6 all send the above-mentioned first request, then the aggregation group generated by the SMF includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2.
- Method 2 SMF actively generates aggregation groups.
- the aggregation group is not generated by each terminal sending a request, but an aggregation group is actively generated by the SMF.
- an application function network element related to the communication device sends a group session establishment request to the SMF, and the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list contains terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device, and then the SMF determines an aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the terminals included in the aggregation group all come from the terminal list.
- the application function network element provides the identification information of communication device A and a terminal list to the SMF, and the terminal list includes terminal 1, terminal 2, terminal 3 and terminal 4, for example, terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3 connect access the same base station, and terminal 4 accesses another base station, the SMF determines that the aggregation group includes terminal 1, terminal 2, and terminal 3, but excluding terminal 4.
- the SMF receives a join request from any terminal such as the first terminal, the join request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the join request is used to request to join the aggregation group, Then, the SMF determines an aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, where the aggregation group includes the first terminal and other terminals connected to the same base station as the first terminal.
- Terminal 1 sends a joining request to SMF, and then SMF determines that Terminal 1 is included in the aggregation group, as well as other terminals connected to the same base station as Terminal 1, such as Terminal 2, Terminal 3, and Terminal 4, that is, determine
- the aggregation group of includes Terminal 1, Terminal 2, Terminal 3, and Terminal 4.
- a join request sent by a certain terminal is used as a trigger condition to trigger the SMF to generate an aggregation group, and no other terminal is required to send join requests later.
- the SMF may also send a first message to the base station, the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, the group The first QoS information of the QoS flow of the session and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, and the first message is used to request to establish a group session.
- the base station After receiving the first message, the base station can establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session.
- the first QoS information includes a first Quality of Service Flow Identity (Quality of Service Flow Identity, QFI) and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI, and the first QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the group session , the first bandwidth parameter may include, for example, a 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI), a guaranteed flow bit rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR), and a maximum flow bit rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR).
- the second QoS information includes a second QFI, where the second QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
- the first message may further include first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the base station or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI, and the second bandwidth parameter includes, for example, GFBR.
- the base station determines the second bandwidth parameter. For example, the base station determines the offload strategy according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal. The offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal. The policy determines the second bandwidth parameter, and then the base station sends the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
- the terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter
- the base station sends the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal to the first terminal, and then the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter according to the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal.
- Second bandwidth parameter may include, for example, the GFBR corresponding to the first terminal.
- the GFBR included in the first bandwidth parameter is 100 megabits per second (Mbps)
- the GFBR included in the second bandwidth is 50 Mbps
- the offload ratio of the first terminal is 50%.
- the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, and the QoS flow first QFI in the group session between the base station and the UPF is related to the terminal and the base station
- the second QFI of the QoS flows in the group session between them is the same.
- the first terminal adds a second QFI to the data packet
- the base station sends the data packet to the UPF.
- the base station receives a data packet from the UPF, and the data packet includes the first QFI, and then the base station directly sends the data packet to the terminal.
- the first QFI is different from the second QFI, wherein the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station and the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, or the terminal and the base station are used between the terminal and the base station session and the group session is used between the base station and the UPF, the above-mentioned first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI.
- the communication device sends a data packet to the terminal, and the data packet contains the first data.
- the first terminal After the first terminal receives the data packet, it adds a second QFI to the data packet to obtain the first data packet, and then sends it to The base station, after receiving the first data packet, the base station generates a second data packet according to the first association relationship, the second data packet includes the first QFI and the first data, and then the base station sends the second data packet to the UPF. Or, the UPF sends a third data packet to the base station, the third data packet contains the first QFI and the second data, and after receiving the third data packet, the base station generates a fourth data packet according to the first association relationship, and the fourth data The packet includes the second QFI and the second data, and then the base station sends the fourth data packet to the first terminal. Therefore, when the first QFI is different from the second QFI, the base station needs to map the QFI in the data packet according to the first association relationship.
- the SMF may also send the QoS rule for the group session to the first terminal.
- the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the first terminal and the second QoS information.
- the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned first Instructions.
- the first terminal is not aware of the group conversation. That is, data is sent and received between the first terminal and the base station through a session of the first terminal, and data is sent and received between the base station and the UPF through a group session, and there is an association between the session of the terminal and the session of the group. It is expressed as the above-mentioned first association relationship.
- the QoS rule when the above-mentioned first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the second QoS information.
- the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned first 1. Instructions.
- the first terminal perceives the group conversation. That is, data is sent and received between the first terminal and the base station through the group session, and data is also sent and received between the base station and the UPF through the group session.
- the second QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station may be the same as or different from the first QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF.
- the trigger condition for triggering the first terminal to send the first request may be, for example: the first terminal receives the user's routing selection Policy (UE Routing Selection Policy, URSP), the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device, then the first terminal sends the above-mentioned first request to the SMF according to the URSP after detecting the data packet from the communication device. That is, the URSP triggers the first terminal to send a first request to the SMF after detecting the data packet from the communication device, so as to request to establish a group session.
- UE Routing Selection Policy UE Routing Selection Policy
- the SMF can also send a first message to the base station, the first message includes the identification information of the group session and the identification information of the terminals in the aggregation group , the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the fourth QoS information of the QoS flow of terminals in the aggregation group, and the first message is used to request the establishment of the group session.
- the base station may establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session. That is, the QoS flow of each terminal in the aggregation group corresponds to a piece of fourth QoS information, and the fourth QoS information of different terminals may be the same or different, which is not limited.
- the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI, the third QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the group session, and the third bandwidth parameter may include, for example, 5QI, GFBR , MFBR.
- the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI, and the fourth QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the session of the terminal in the aggregation group.
- the first message may also include second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the base station or a terminal in the aggregation group determines a fourth bandwidth parameter corresponding to the fourth QFI, and the fourth bandwidth parameter includes, for example, GFBR.
- the base station determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, for example, the base station determines an offloading strategy according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the offloading strategy includes the offloading of the terminals in the aggregation group proportion, the base station determines the fourth bandwidth parameter according to the offload policy, and then the base station sends the fourth bandwidth parameter to the terminals in the aggregation group.
- the base station determines the offload strategy of the terminal according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of each terminal in the aggregation group, the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the terminal, so that the base station determines the offload strategy according to The offload ratio of the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter of the terminal.
- the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, and the base station sends the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminal in the aggregation group to the terminal in the aggregation group, and then the terminal The offload ratio of determines the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the fourth bandwidth parameter here may include, for example, the GFBR corresponding to the terminal.
- each terminal in the aggregation group determines the fourth bandwidth parameter of the terminal according to the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminal.
- the GFBR included in the third bandwidth parameter is 100 Mbps
- the GFBR included in the fourth bandwidth is 50 Mbps
- the offload ratio of the terminal is 50%.
- the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, and the QoS flow third QFI in the group session between the base station and the UPF is related to the terminal and the base station
- the fourth QFI of the QoS flows in the group session between is the same.
- the terminal in the aggregation group adds a fourth QFI to the data packet, and the base station sends the data packet to the UPF after receiving the data packet from the terminal.
- the base station receives a data packet from the UPF, and the data packet includes the third QFI, and then the base station directly sends the data packet to the terminal.
- the third QFI is different from the fourth QFI, wherein the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station and the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, or the terminal and the base station are used between the terminal and the base station session and the group session is used between the base station and the UPF, the above-mentioned first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI.
- the communication device sends a data packet to the terminal in the aggregation group, the data packet contains the third data, and after receiving the data packet, the terminal adds a fourth QFI to the data packet to obtain the fifth data packet, Then send it to the base station.
- the base station After receiving the first data packet, the base station generates a sixth data packet according to the first association relationship.
- the sixth data packet contains the third QFI and the third data, and then the base station sends the sixth data packet to the UPF.
- the UPF sends a seventh data packet to the base station
- the seventh data packet contains the third QFI and the fourth data
- the base station After receiving the seventh data packet, the base station generates an eighth data packet according to the first association relationship, and the eighth data
- the packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data, and then the base station sends the eighth data packet to the terminals in the aggregation group. Therefore, when the third QFI is different from the fourth QFI, the base station needs to map the QFIs in the data packet according to the second association relationship.
- the SMF may also send the QoS rule for the group session to the first terminal.
- the QoS rule includes identification information of sessions of terminals in the aggregation group and fourth QoS information, and optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
- the terminals in the aggregated group do not perceive the group conversation. That is, the terminal in the aggregation group and the base station perform data transmission and reception through the session of the terminal, and the data transmission and reception between the base station and the UPF use the group session, and the session of the terminal has an association relationship with the session of the group. It is specifically expressed as the above-mentioned second association relationship.
- the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information, and optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
- the terminals in the aggregation group perceive the group conversation. That is, the terminals in the aggregation group and the base station perform data transmission and reception through the group session, and the base station and UPF also perform data transmission and reception through the group session.
- the fourth QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station may be the same as or different from the third QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF.
- the following method can be used to make the terminals in the aggregation group aware of the group session: the SMF sends a session establishment notification to the terminals in the aggregation group, and the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session.
- the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminals in the aggregation group to initiate group session establishment.
- a terminal in the aggregated group sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session. That is, if a terminal in the aggregation group initiates a session establishment request, then the terminal can perceive the group session.
- the SMF can determine the above-mentioned first bandwidth parameter or the third bandwidth parameter through the following method: the SMF sends the identification information of the communication device and the third indication information to the PCF, and the third indication information is used to request the establishment of a communication device for the communication device.
- the PCF sends fourth indication information and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session to the SMF, where the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established.
- the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter.
- the SMF may determine the first bandwidth parameter or the third bandwidth parameter according to the default bandwidth parameter.
- the base station can also send a distribution rule to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the distribution rule is used to indicate the rules for the terminals in the aggregation group to send uplink data packets from the communication device, and/or indicate the aggregation group
- the terminal may send the uplink data packet from the communication device to the base station and/or send the downlink data packet from the base station to the communication device according to the distribution rule.
- the distribution rule corresponding to terminal 1 instructs terminal 1 to start sending data packets with the initial sequence number, and to send a data packet every 2 subsequent serial numbers. Taking the initial sequence number as 0 as an example, the terminal 1
- the sequence numbers of the data packets sent are 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, ....
- the diversion ratio corresponding to terminal 1 is 33.3%.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method one, that is, the SMF judges whether to add the terminal to the group based on the terminal's request. And in this embodiment, the terminal does not perceive the group conversation.
- the method includes the following steps:
- step 401 the AF sends an aggregation request to the PCF.
- the AF here can be an industrial server or an industrial controller, etc.
- the AF sends the aggregation request to the PCF through the NEF or UDR.
- the aggregation request includes the identification information of the communication device, the QoS requirement and the terminal list corresponding to the communication device.
- the communication device is a device that needs to use the aggregation service
- the identification information of the communication device may be an address or an identification (identification, ID).
- the QoS requirements include, for example, information such as bandwidth requirements.
- the terminal list includes one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals refer to terminals that can provide aggregation services for the communication device.
- this step 401 is an optional step.
- the operator may configure the identification information of the communication device, the QoS requirement and the terminal list corresponding to the communication device on the PCF through configuration.
- step 402 terminal 1 sends a joining request to the SMF, and the joining request includes identification information of terminal 1 and identification information of the communication device.
- the join request is used to request to join the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device, and the aggregation group may include one or more terminals.
- the aggregation group is also called a terminal group.
- Terminal 1 may send an N1 message to the SMF, and the N1 message includes the above joining request.
- the terminal 1 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
- the SMF sends a session management policy (session management policy, SM policy) request to the PCF, and the session management policy request includes indication information and identification information of the communication device.
- a session management policy session management policy, SM policy
- the indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- step 404 the PCF sends the session management policy to the SMF, and the session management policy includes indication information, terminal list and QoS flow configuration.
- the indication information is used to indicate that the group session can be established, or is used to indicate that the group session is available.
- the PCF determines that the group session is available.
- the terminal list is the terminal list in step 401 above, or the terminal list pre-configured by the operator, and the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
- the QoS flow configuration is the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow corresponding to the group session.
- the QoS flow configuration includes a 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI) and a bandwidth parameter.
- the bandwidth parameter includes, for example, a guaranteed flow bit rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR), maximum flow bit rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR).
- 5QI is used to represent the characteristics of a QoS flow, and one 5QI corresponds to a group of characteristic parameters.
- step 405 the SMF allows Terminal 1 to join the group session.
- the SMF when the SMF receives the terminal list, indicating that the terminal list includes terminal 1, the SMF authorizes terminal 1 to join the aggregation group, and allows the terminal 1 to join the group session corresponding to the aggregation group.
- the SMF also needs to establish the group session.
- step 406 the SMF allocates an identifier for the group session.
- the identifier of the group conversation may be identification information of the communication device.
- the SMF selects a UPF, and configures an uplink forwarding rule based on the identification information of the communication device to the UPF.
- step 408 the UPF sends the shared uplink N3 port information allocated by the UPF to the SMF.
- Step 409 the SMF sends a joining response to the base station, where the joining response is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a join response.
- the joining response includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the session of Terminal 1, and the QFI 2 corresponding to QoS configuration file, indication information and association relationship.
- the join response also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
- the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
- the aggregation group currently only includes Terminal 1.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein, 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be respectively 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above step 404 same.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 1 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
- the above association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of Terminal 1, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1.
- the shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in step 408 above.
- Step 410 the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 in the session of the terminal 1.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 1, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 2.
- Step 411 the base station configures access network resources (AN resource) for terminal 1 and configures distribution rules for terminal 1.
- AN resource access network resources
- the shunt rule is used to instruct terminal 1 to send data packets, for example, instruct terminal 1 to start sending uplink data packets with the starting sequence number, and then send an uplink data packet every 2 sequence numbers, starting with the starting sequence number If the number is 0 as an example, the sequence numbers of the uplink data packets sent by the terminal 1 are 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, . . .
- the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 can be generated by the base station and sent to terminal 1.
- the base station determines the offload strategy of the group session according to the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the aggregate maximum bit rate (Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate, AMBR) of the terminals in the aggregation group , the distribution policy is used to indicate the proportion or size of the data flow of the group session on each terminal in the aggregation group.
- the base station can determine the GFBR corresponding to the above-mentioned QFI 2 according to the distribution strategy, and then send it to the terminal 1.
- terminal 1 may also determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 according to offload scheduling information sent by the base station.
- the offload scheduling information sent by the base station to Terminal 1 includes indication information and the GFBR corresponding to the group session.
- the indication information indicates that Terminal 1 needs to send half of the traffic on the group session, and the GFBR corresponding to the group session is 100 megabits per second (Mbps), then the terminal can calculate that the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 is 50Mbps.
- Step 412 the base station allocates an access network tunnel (AccessNetwork Tunnel, AN Tunnel), and sends the information of the access network tunnel to the SMF, and the access network tunnel is used to receive the downlink data of the group session.
- an access network tunnel AccessNetwork Tunnel, AN Tunnel
- the information of the access network tunnel includes an identifier of the information of the access network tunnel.
- Step 413 the SMF sends the information of the access network tunnel to the UPF, establishes the N3 shared tunnel, and configures the downlink forwarding rule for the UPF at the same time, and the downlink forwarding rule instructs the UPF to pass the downlink data packet that needs to be sent to the communication device through the corresponding N3 shares the tunnel for sending.
- terminal 1 After completing the above operations, subsequently, in the uplink direction, after terminal 1 receives the uplink data packet from the communication device, it can add QFI 2 to the header of the uplink data packet, and send it to the base station through the session of terminal 1, the base station After receiving the uplink data packet carrying QFI 2, according to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, add QFI 1 to the header of the uplink data packet, and then send the uplink data packet to UPF.
- the implementation method of "adding QFI 1 to the packet header of the uplink data packet" can be to use QFI 1 to replace QFI 2, that is, to delete QFI 2 and add QFI 1, or not to delete the already carried QFI 1, but directly newly added QFI 2.
- the base station receives the downlink data packet from the UPF through the group session.
- the header of the downlink data packet contains QFI 1, and the base station adds Go to QFI 2, and then send the downlink data packet to Terminal 1 through the session of Terminal 1. That is, the base station and terminal 1 send and receive data packets through the session of terminal 1, and the base station and UPF send and receive data packets through a group session, and terminal 1 does not perceive the group session.
- the implementation method of "adding QFI 2 to the header of the downlink data packet" can be to use QFI 2 to replace QFI 1, that is, to delete QFI 1 and add QFI 2, or not to delete the already carried QFI 2, but add QFI 1 directly.
- terminal 1 After terminal 1 joins the aggregation group, other terminals may also join the aggregation group one after another.
- step 414 the terminal 2 sends a join request to the SMF, and the join request includes the identification information of the terminal 2 and the identification information of the communication device.
- the join request is used to request to join the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device, and the aggregation group currently includes the terminal 1 .
- Terminal 2 may send an N1 message to the SMF, and the N1 message includes the above joining request.
- the terminal 2 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
- step 415 the SMF allows terminal 2 to join the group session.
- SMF determines that terminal 2 is included in the terminal list according to the terminal list received from AF or according to the terminal list configured by the operator, then SMF authorizes terminal 2 to join the aggregation group, and allows terminal 2 to join the aggregation group corresponding group conversation.
- the terminal list does not include the terminal 2
- the SMF does not authorize the terminal 2 to join the aggregation group, nor does it allow the terminal 2 to join the group session corresponding to the aggregation group.
- Step 416 the SMF sends a join response to the base station, where the join response is used to request to update the aggregation group.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a joining response.
- the joining response includes the identifier of the group session, the QFI 3 allocated for the session of the terminal 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, the indication information, and the association relationship.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 2 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
- the above association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of the terminal 2, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1.
- Step 417 the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 in the session of the terminal 2.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 2, the identification information of the communication device, the QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, and the indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 3.
- Step 418 the base station configures access network resources for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 and configures distribution rules for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 .
- the access network resources configured for terminal 1 in the preceding steps need to be updated, and the distribution rules configured for terminal 1 in the preceding steps also need to be updated.
- the base station also needs to configure access network resources and distribution rules for the terminal 2 .
- the offload rule configured for terminal 1 is used to instruct terminal 1 to send uplink data packets
- the offload rule configured for terminal 2 is used to instruct terminal 2 to send uplink data packets.
- instruct terminal 1 to start sending the uplink data packet with the starting sequence number and then send an uplink data packet every other sequence number
- instruct terminal 2 to start sending a data packet after the starting sequence number, and then send every subsequent uplink data packet
- Send 1 uplink data packet every other sequence number Taking the starting sequence number as 0 as an example, the sequence numbers of the uplink data packets sent by terminal 1 are 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, ..., and the sequence numbers of uplink data packets sent by terminal 2 are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, ....
- the method for determining the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 and the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3 can refer to the description of the aforementioned step 411. It should be noted that, the difference from the aforementioned step 411 is that the aggregation group currently includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2, so when determining the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 and the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3, it is necessary to combine the AMBR of Terminal 2, AMBR of terminal 3, channel state information of terminal 2, and channel state information of terminal 3.
- the terminal joins the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device by sending a joining request.
- the core network only maintains a shared group session.
- the base station can flexibly formulate a traffic distribution strategy according to the QoS configuration file corresponding to the group session provided by the core network.
- the base station can associate the QFI in the terminal session according to the session association relationship provided by the core network. With the QFI in the group session, the terminal does not perceive the group session, and still receives and sends data from the terminal session.
- a communication device can directly communicate with multiple terminals in an aggregation group.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the SMF determines the aggregation group through the second method above, that is, the SMF actively determines the aggregation group. And in this embodiment, the terminal does not perceive the group conversation.
- the method includes the following steps:
- step 501 the AF sends an aggregation request to the PCF.
- step 401 is the same as step 401, and reference may be made to the foregoing description.
- This step 501 is an optional step.
- step 502a the AF sends a group session establishment request to the SMF, and the group session establishment request includes identification information of the communication device and a terminal list.
- the group session establishment request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the terminal list includes one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals refer to terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
- Step 502b is the same as step 402, and reference may be made to the foregoing description.
- Step 503 to step 504 same as step 403 to step 404, can refer to the foregoing description.
- step 505 the SMF determines the aggregation group and assigns a group session identifier.
- the SMF can determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list.
- the terminal list received by the SMF from the AF includes terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3.
- Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 are connected to the same base station, and Terminal 3 is connected to another base station, then SMF can determine the aggregation group
- the group contains Terminal 1 and Terminal 2, but does not contain Terminal 3.
- this is only used as an example to illustrate the specific implementation manner of determining the aggregation group. In practice, there are many implementation methods for determining the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminal, which are not limited.
- the SMF can query the AMF for other terminals connected to the same base station as the terminal 1 according to the identification information of the terminal 1. For example, there is a terminal 2 under the base station accessed by the terminal 1.
- the aggregation group includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2.
- the identifier of the group conversation may be identification information of the communication device.
- the aggregation group is constituted by terminal 1 and terminal 2 as an example for description below.
- step 506 the SMF selects a UPF according to the aggregation group.
- the SMF selects a UPF according to the location information of the terminals in the aggregation group.
- Step 507 to step 508, same as step 407 to step 408, can refer to the foregoing description.
- Step 509 the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
- the group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 assigned to the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 assigned to the session of Terminal 1, and the QFI 2 Corresponding QoS configuration file, QFI 3 allocated for the session of terminal 2, QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3, indication information and association relationship.
- the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
- the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein, 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be respectively 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above-mentioned step 504 same.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 1 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 2 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBRs corresponding to QFI 2 and QFI 3 respectively.
- association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of Terminal 1 and the session of Terminal 2, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1 connection relation.
- association relationship refers to an association relationship between a group session and a session of terminals in the aggregation group.
- the shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in step 508 above.
- Step 510a the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 in the session of the terminal 1.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 1, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 2, and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 2.
- Step 510b the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 in the session of the terminal 2.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 2, the identification information of the communication device, the QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, and the indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 3.
- Step 511 the base station configures access network resources for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 and configures distribution rules for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 .
- step 411 and step 418 For the specific implementation process of this step, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of step 411 and step 418, and details are not repeated here.
- Step 512 to step 513 same as step 412 to step 413, can refer to the foregoing description.
- the embodiment in Figure 5 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in Figure 4, the main difference between the embodiment in Figure 5 and the embodiment in Figure 4 is: in the embodiment in Figure 5, the SMF can actively determine the aggregation group group, while in the embodiment of FIG. 4 above, each terminal requests to join the aggregation group.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method one, that is, the SMF judges whether to add the terminal to the group based on the terminal's request. And in this embodiment, the terminal perceives the group conversation.
- the method includes the following steps:
- Step 601 is the same as step 401 above.
- step 602 the terminal 1 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, and the session establishment request includes the identification information of the terminal 1 and the identification information of the communication device.
- the session establishment request is used to request establishment of a group session.
- the terminal 1 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
- the terminal 1 may receive the URSP from the PCF, the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device, and is used for the terminal 1 to identify the data packet from the communication device. After terminal 1 detects the data packet from the communication device, according to the URSP, it triggers sending the above session establishment request to the SMF.
- Step 603 to step 608 are the same as above step 403 to step 408.
- Step 609 the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
- the group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the group session, and the corresponding QFI 2
- the QoS configuration file indication information and association relationship.
- the above-mentioned relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 1 is the same as QFI 2, the group configuration request does not need to include the above association relationship.
- the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
- the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
- the aggregation group currently only includes Terminal 1.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be the same as 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above steps .
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 1 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
- the shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in the above steps.
- Step 610 the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 of the group session.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the base station or terminal to determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
- Step 611 to step 613 are the same as step 411 to step 413.
- terminal 1 receives the uplink data packet from the communication device, it can add QFI 2 to the header of the uplink data packet , and send it to the base station through the session of terminal 1.
- the base station After receiving the uplink data packet carrying QFI 2, the base station adds QFI 1 to the header of the uplink data packet according to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and then The uplink data packet is sent to the UPF through the group session.
- the implementation method of "adding QFI 1 to the packet header of the uplink data packet" can be to use QFI 1 to replace QFI 2, that is, to delete QFI 2 and add QFI 1, or not to delete the already carried QFI 1, but directly newly added QFI 2.
- the base station receives the downlink data packet from the UPF through the group session.
- the header of the downlink data packet contains QFI 1, and the base station adds Go to QFI 2, and then send the downlink data packet to Terminal 1 through the session of Terminal 1. That is, the base station and terminal 1 send and receive data packets through the session of terminal 1, and the base station and UPF send and receive data packets through a group session, and terminal 1 does not perceive the group session.
- the implementation method of "adding QFI 2 to the header of the downlink data packet" can be to use QFI 2 to replace QFI 1, that is, to delete QFI 1 and add QFI 2, or not to delete the already carried QFI 2, but add QFI 1 directly.
- terminal 1 After terminal 1 joins the aggregation group, other terminals may also join the aggregation group one after another.
- step 614 the terminal 2 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, and the session establishment request includes the identification information of the terminal 2 and the identification information of the communication device.
- the session establishment request is used to request establishment of a group session.
- the terminal 2 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
- the terminal 2 may receive the URSP from the PCF, the URSP includes identification information of the communication device, and is used for the terminal 2 to identify the data packet from the communication device. After the terminal 2 detects the data packet from the communication device, according to the URSP, it triggers sending the above session establishment request to the SMF.
- Step 615 is the same as step 415.
- step 616 the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to update the aggregation group.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
- the group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the QFI 3 allocated for the group session, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, instruction information and association relationship.
- the relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 3 is the same as QFI 1, the association relationship may not be included in the group configuration request.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 2 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
- Step 617 the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 of the group session.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
- Step 618 is the same as step 418.
- the embodiment in FIG. 6 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in FIG. 4 .
- the main difference between the embodiment in FIG. 6 and the embodiment in FIG. 4 is that each of the aggregation groups in the embodiment in FIG.
- the terminal perceives the group session, and the terminal and the base station send and receive data through the group session, that is, after the terminal receives the data packet from the communication device, it sends it to the base station through the group session, and the base station sends it to the UPF through the group session.
- the QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station such as the above QFI 2, QFI 3
- the QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF such as the above QFI 1
- each terminal in the aggregation group is not aware of the group session, and data is sent and received between the terminal and the base station through the session of the terminal.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the SMF determines the aggregation group through the second method above, that is, the SMF actively determines the aggregation group. And in this embodiment, the terminal perceives the group conversation.
- the method includes the following steps:
- Step 701 is the same as step 501.
- Step 702a to step 702b are the same as step 502a to step 502b.
- Step 703 to step 705 are the same as step 503 to step 505.
- step 706a the SMF sends a session establishment notification to Terminal 1, the session establishment notification includes identification information of the group session and identification information of the communication device, and the session establishment notification is used to instruct Terminal 1 to initiate group session establishment.
- step 706b the SMF sends a session establishment notification to the terminal 2, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session and the identification information of the communication device, and the session establishment notification is used to instruct the terminal 2 to initiate the establishment of the group session.
- Step 707a Terminal 1 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session and identification information of Terminal 1, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
- Step 707b Terminal 2 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session and identification information of Terminal 2, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
- Step 708 to step 710 are the same as step 506 to step 508.
- Step 711 the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
- the SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
- the group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the group session, and the corresponding QFI 2 QoS configuration file, QFI 3 assigned to the group session, QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3, indication information and association relationship.
- the above-mentioned relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 1 and QFI 2 are the same, the above group configuration request does not need to indicate the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1. When QFI 1 is the same as QFI 3, the above group configuration request does not need to indicate the association between QFI 3 and QFI 1.
- the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
- the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be the same as 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above steps .
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 1 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file.
- the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the subscription information of Terminal 2 for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF.
- the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
- the indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBRs corresponding to QFI 2 and QFI 3 respectively.
- the shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in the above steps.
- Step 712a the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 of the group session.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the base station or terminal to determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
- Step 712b the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 of the group session.
- the QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
- Step 713 to step 715 are the same as step 511 to step 513.
- the embodiment in FIG. 7 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in FIG. 5 .
- the main difference between the embodiment in FIG. 7 and the embodiment in FIG. 5 is that each of the aggregation groups in the embodiment in FIG.
- the terminal perceives the group session, and the terminal and the base station send and receive data through the group session, that is, after the terminal receives the data packet from the communication device, it sends it to the base station through the group session, and the base station sends it to the UPF through the group session.
- the QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station such as the above QFI 2, QFI 3
- the QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF such as the above QFI 1
- each terminal in the aggregation group is not aware of the group session, and data is sent and received between the terminal and the base station through the session of the terminal.
- the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element and terminal include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
- FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element, and terminal in the above method embodiments, so the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments can also be realized.
- the communication device may be a base station, a session management network element, a policy control network element, a user plane network element, and a terminal, or it may be a Modules (such as chips) for surface network elements and terminals.
- a communication device 800 includes a processing unit 810 and a transceiver unit 820 .
- the communication device 800 is used to implement functions of the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element, and terminal in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
- the group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device; according to the identifier of the group session, the group session is established.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a first request from a first terminal, where the first request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the first request It is used to request to join the aggregation group or to request to establish a group session for the communication device; the processing unit 810 is configured to determine that the first terminal is included in the terminal list, and then authorize the first terminal to join the aggregation group, wherein , the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, the group The first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, the first message is used to request establishment of the group session.
- the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
- the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
- the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule used for the group session to the first terminal; wherein, when the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, The QoS rule includes the session identification information of the first terminal and the second QoS information; or, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the group The identification information of the group session and the second QoS information.
- the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned first indication information.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a group session establishment request from an application function network element, the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list includes Including a terminal capable of providing an aggregation service for the communication device; a processing unit 810, configured to determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group are from the terminal list.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a joining request from a first terminal, where the joining request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the joining request is used to request Join the aggregation group; the processing unit 810 is configured to determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group include the first terminal, and the at least Two terminals are connected to the same wireless access network device.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes identification information of the group session and identification information of terminals in the aggregation group , the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the fourth QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group.
- the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
- the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the fourth QoS information.
- the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a session establishment notification to the terminals in the aggregation group, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the A terminal in the aggregated group initiates group session establishment; receives a session establishment request from a terminal in the aggregated group, the session establishment request includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the group session Group conversation.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the identification information of the communication device and third indication information to the policy control network element, where the third indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device; Receive fourth indication information from the policy control network element and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session, where the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established.
- the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter.
- the communication device 800 When the communication device 800 is used to realize the functions of the base station in the method embodiments shown in FIGS.
- the identification information of the corresponding group session the first message is used to request to establish the group session;
- the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are connected to the communication device in communication, and the at least two terminals are
- the communication device provides aggregation services;
- the processing unit 810 is configured to establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session.
- the first message further includes identification information of the first terminal, first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
- the first QoS information includes the first QFI and the first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes the second QFI.
- the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
- the processing unit 810 is configured to determine an offload strategy according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal;
- the offloading strategy determines the second bandwidth parameter;
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal to the first terminal, the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal It is used to determine the second bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a first data packet from the first terminal, the first data packet includes the second QFI and the first data from the communication device; the processing unit 810, configured to generate a second data packet according to the first association relationship, the second data packet including the first QFI and the first data; a transceiver unit 820, configured to send the second data to a user plane network element Bag.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a third data packet from the user plane network element, the third data packet includes the first QFI and the second data; the processing unit 810 is configured to The first association relationship generates a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet includes the second QFI and the second data; the transceiving unit 820 is configured to send the fourth data packet to the first terminal.
- the first message further includes the identification information of the terminal in the aggregation group, the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group. Fourth QoS information.
- the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
- the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- the processing unit 810 is configured to determine an offload strategy according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, the offload strategy includes the terminals in the aggregation group according to the offload strategy, determine the fourth bandwidth parameter; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the fourth bandwidth parameter to terminals in the aggregation group.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group to the terminals in the aggregation group, the third bandwidth parameter and the aggregation Offload ratios of terminals in the group are used to determine the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a fifth data packet from a terminal in the aggregation group, where the fifth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the third data from the communication device
- the processing unit 810 is configured to generate a sixth data packet according to the second association relationship, the sixth data packet includes the third QFI and the third data; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the user plane network element the Sixth packet.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive the seventh data packet from the user plane network element, the seventh data packet includes the third QFI and the fourth data; the processing unit 810 is configured to The second association relationship generates an eighth data packet, and the eighth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the eighth data packet to terminals in the aggregation group.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send an offloading rule to a terminal in the aggregation group, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or A rule that instructs the terminal to send downlink data packets from the wireless access network device.
- the processing unit 810 is configured to transmit to the wireless access network through the transceiver unit 820 according to the distribution rule
- the network access device sends the uplink data packet from the communication device and/or sends the downlink data packet from the wireless access network device to the communication device.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first request to a session management network element, where the first request includes the identification information of the terminal and the identification information of the communication device; A QoS rule for a group session; wherein, in the case that the first request is used to request to join an aggregated group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the QoS information of the terminal; or, In the case that the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes identification information of the group session and QoS information of the terminal, and the QoS information includes QFI.
- the QoS rule further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the radio access network device or the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session from the wireless access network device and the offload ratio of the terminal; the processing unit 810 is configured to The bandwidth parameter corresponding to the session and the offload ratio of the terminal determine the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a URSP when the first request is for requesting to establish a group session for the communication device, and the URSP includes identification information of the communication device; process The unit 810 is configured to send the first request to the session management network element through the transceiver unit 820 according to the URSP after detecting the data packet from the communication device.
- the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a session establishment notification from a session management network element when the first request is for requesting establishment of a group session for the communication device, the session establishment notification
- the first request includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminal to initiate the establishment of the group session; then the first request also includes the identification information of the group session.
- processing unit 810 and the transceiver unit 820 can be directly obtained by referring to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , and FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 , and details are not repeated here.
- a communication device 900 includes a processor 910 and an interface circuit 920 .
- the processor 910 and the interface circuit 920 are coupled to each other.
- the interface circuit 920 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
- the communication device 900 may further include a memory 930 for storing instructions executed by the processor 910 or storing input data required by the processor 910 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 910 executes the instructions.
- the processor 910 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing unit 810
- the interface circuit 920 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver unit 820 .
- the terminal chip implements the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiment.
- the terminal chip receives information from other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the terminal by the base station; or, the terminal chip sends information to other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the The information is sent by the terminal to the base station.
- the base station chip implements the functions of the base station in the above method embodiment.
- the base station chip receives information from other modules in the base station (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the base station by the terminal; or, the base station chip sends information to other modules in the base station (such as radio frequency modules or antennas). The information is sent by the base station to the terminal.
- the processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
- a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
- the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
- Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
- An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
- the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
- the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
- the ASIC can be located in the base station or the terminal.
- the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the base station or the terminal as discrete components.
- all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
- the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a base station, user equipment or other programmable devices.
- the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
- the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
- the computer readable storage medium may be a volatile or a nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
- “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
- “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
- the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character “/” indicates that the contextual objects are a "division” Relationship.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
A wireless communication method and communication apparatus. The method comprises: generating an identifier of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, wherein the aggregation group comprises at least two terminals; the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to a communication device; the at least two terminals provide an aggregation service for the communication device; and establishing the group session according to the identifier of the group session. In this solution, the communication device can be communicatively connected to a plurality of terminals, so that the plurality of terminals can offload data of the communication device, thereby achieving a large traffic requirement of the communication device. In addition, the plurality of terminals may be backed up for each other. When some of the terminals fail or are heavy in load, other terminals can still provide services for the communication device. Therefore, the reliability requirement of the communication device can also be met.
Description
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年06月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110633850.5、申请名称为“一种无线通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110633850.5 and the application name "A Wireless Communication Method and Communication Device" submitted to the China Patent Office on June 07, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference middle.
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种无线通信方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a wireless communication method and a communication device.
在一些应用场景中,通信设备如工业应用中的工业设备,与网络之间不直接进行通信,而是通过终端向网络进行通信。在上行方向,通信设备将上行数据发送给终端,由终端发送给网络。在下行方向,终端从网络接收需要发送给通信设备的下行数据,并将下行数据发送给通信设备。In some application scenarios, communication devices, such as industrial devices in industrial applications, do not directly communicate with the network, but communicate with the network through terminals. In the uplink direction, the communication device sends uplink data to the terminal, and the terminal sends it to the network. In the downlink direction, the terminal receives downlink data from the network that needs to be sent to the communication device, and sends the downlink data to the communication device.
目前,随着一个通信设备的能力的提升,通信设备有了可靠性和大流量的需求。然而,通信设备连接的终端的能力是有上限的,且该终端也存在故障的可能性,从而无法满足通信设备对于可靠性和大流量的要求。At present, with the improvement of the capability of a communication device, the communication device has the requirement of reliability and large flow. However, the capability of the terminal connected to the communication device has an upper limit, and the terminal also has the possibility of failure, so that the requirements of the communication device for reliability and large flow cannot be met.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种无线通信方法及通信装置,用以满足通信设备对于可靠性和大流量的要求。Embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method and a communication device, so as to meet the requirements of communication equipment for reliability and large traffic.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信方法,该方法可以由会话管理网元或应用于会话管理网元中的模块(如芯片)来执行。该方法包括:生成聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识,该聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,该至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,该至少两个终端为该通信设备提供聚合服务;根据该群组会话的标识,建立该群组会话。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a session management network element or a module (such as a chip) applied to the session management network element. The method includes: generating an identifier of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to a communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device ; Establish the group session according to the identifier of the group session.
根据上述方案,通信设备可以通信连接多个终端,从而该多个终端可以对该通信设备的数据进行分流,从而可以实现通信设备的大流量需求。并且,该多个终端可以互为备份,当部分终端发生故障或负载过重时,仍然有其它终端为该通信设备提供服务,因此也能够满足通信设备对应可靠性的需求。According to the solution above, the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized. Moreover, the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other, and when some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自第一终端的第一请求,该第一请求中包含该第一终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息,该第一请求用于请求加入该聚合群组或者用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话;确定终端列表中包含该第一终端,则授权该第一终端加入该聚合群组,其中,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。In a possible implementation method, a first request from a first terminal is received, the first request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the first request is used to request to join the aggregation The group or is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device; if it is determined that the first terminal is included in the terminal list, then the first terminal is authorized to join the aggregation group, wherein the terminal list includes information that can provide information for the communication device. An endpoint for the aggregation service.
根据上述方案,可以基于第一终端的请求,判断是否将该第一终端加入到聚合群组中,如此可以实现按需增加聚合群组的终端。According to the above solution, based on the request of the first terminal, it can be judged whether to add the first terminal to the aggregation group, so as to increase the number of terminals in the aggregation group on demand.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含该群 组会话的标识信息、该第一终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第一QoS信息和该第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息,该第一消息用于请求建立该群组会话。In a possible implementation method, a first message is sent to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, and the QoS flow information of the group session. The first QoS information and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, the first message is used to request to establish the group session.
根据上述方案,将群组会话的相关信息发送给无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备可以通过该群组会话收发通信设备的数据,从而多个终端可以共享一个群组会话,有助于节约资源。According to the above solution, the related information of the group session is sent to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device can send and receive data of the communication device through the group session, so that multiple terminals can share a group session, which is helpful save resources.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一QoS信息包含第一QFI和该第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数;该第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。In a possible implementation method, the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该第一终端确定该第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
根据上述方案,可以由无线接入网设备或该第一终端确定该第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数,可以提升第二带宽参数的准确性。According to the foregoing solution, the radio access network device or the first terminal may determine the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI, which may improve the accuracy of the second bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,该第一关联关系用于指示该第一QFI与该第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第一QFI与该第二QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
根据上述方案,可以建立终端和无线接入网设备之间的数据传输,与无线接入网设备和用户面网元之间的数据传输的关联关系,从而实现通信设备在用户面的正确传输。According to the above solution, an association relationship between the data transmission between the terminal and the radio access network device and the data transmission between the radio access network device and the user plane network element can be established, so as to realize correct transmission of the communication device on the user plane.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该第一终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则;其中,在该第一请求用于请求加入该聚合群组的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该第一终端的会话的标识信息和该第二QoS信息;或者,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该第二QoS信息。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第一指示信息。In a possible implementation method, the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the first terminal; wherein, when the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the The identification information of the session of the first terminal and the second QoS information; or, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the information of the group session The second QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned first indication information.
根据上述方案,可以使得第一终端能够正确使用第一终端的会话发送通信设备的数据,从而该数据可以正确映射至无线接入网设备侧的群组会话中。According to the solution above, the first terminal can correctly use the session of the first terminal to send the data of the communication device, so that the data can be correctly mapped to the group session on the radio access network device side.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自应用功能网元的群组会话建立请求,该群组会话建立请求中包含该通信设备的标识信息和终端列表,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端;根据该终端列表中的终端的位置信息,确定该聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含的该至少两个终端均来自该终端列表。In a possible implementation method, a group session establishment request from an application function network element is received, the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list includes information that can be used by the communication device A terminal providing aggregation services; determining the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the at least two terminals contained in the aggregation group are all from the terminal list.
根据上述方案,可以由会话管理网元自主确定聚合群组,可以提升确定聚合群组的效率。According to the above solution, the aggregation group can be determined independently by the session management network element, which can improve the efficiency of determining the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自第一终端的加入请求,该加入请求中包含该第一终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息,该加入请求用于请求加入该聚合群组;根据该第一终端的位置信息,确定该聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含的该至少两个终端包含该第一终端,且该至少两个终端接入到同一个无线接入网设备。In a possible implementation method, a joining request from a first terminal is received, where the joining request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the joining request is used to request joining the aggregation group; Determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group include the first terminal, and the at least two terminals are connected to the same wireless access network equipment.
根据上述方案,可以由会话管理网元自主确定聚合群组,可以提升确定聚合群组的效率。According to the above solution, the aggregation group can be determined independently by the session management network element, which can improve the efficiency of determining the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含该群组会话的标识信息、该聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和该聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, a first message is sent to the radio access network device, where the first message includes identification information of the group session, identification information of terminals in the aggregated group, and information about the group session. The third QoS information of the QoS flow and the fourth QoS information of the QoS flows of the terminals in the aggregation group.
根据上述方案,将群组会话的相关信息发送给无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备可以通过该群组会话收发通信设备的数据,从而多个终端可以共享一个群组会话,有助于节约资源。According to the above solution, the related information of the group session is sent to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device can send and receive data of the communication device through the group session, so that multiple terminals can share a group session, which is helpful save resources.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和该第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;该第四QoS信息包含第四QFI。In a possible implementation method, the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该聚合群组内的终端确定该第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI. Four bandwidth parameters.
根据上述方案,可以由无线接入网设备或该聚合群组内的终端确定该第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数,可以提升第四带宽参数的准确性。According to the above solution, the fourth bandwidth parameter corresponding to the fourth QFI can be determined by the wireless access network device or the terminal in the aggregation group, which can improve the accuracy of the fourth bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,该第二关联关系用于指示该第三QFI与该第四QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第三QFI与该第四QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
根据上述方案,可以建立终端和无线接入网设备之间的数据传输,与无线接入网设备和用户面网元之间的数据传输的关联关系,从而实现通信设备在用户面的正确传输。According to the above solution, an association relationship between the data transmission between the terminal and the radio access network device and the data transmission between the radio access network device and the user plane network element can be established, so as to realize correct transmission of the communication device on the user plane.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该聚合群组内的终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则中包含该终端的会话的标识信息和该第四QoS信息。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第二指示信息。In a possible implementation method, the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the fourth QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该聚合群组内的终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该第四QoS信息。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第二指示信息。In a possible implementation method, the QoS rule used for the group session is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
根据上述方案,可以使得聚合群组内的终端能够正确使用终端的会话或群组会话发送通信设备的数据,从而该数据可以正确映射至无线接入网设备侧的群组会话中。According to the above solution, the terminals in the aggregation group can correctly use the terminal session or group session to send the data of the communication device, so that the data can be correctly mapped to the group session on the radio access network device side.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该聚合群组内的终端发送会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于通知该聚合群组内的终端发起群组会话建立;接收来自该聚合群组内的终端的会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立请求用于请求建立该群组会话。In a possible implementation method, a session establishment notification is sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminals in the aggregation group Initiating the establishment of a group session; receiving a session establishment request from a terminal in the aggregation group, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
根据上述方案,可以基于终端的会话建立请求,建立群组会话,从而终端可以感知该群组会话,后续终端可以将通信设备的数据通过该群组会话发送至无线接入网设备或者从通过该群组会话从无线接入网设备接收数据。According to the above solution, a group session can be established based on the session establishment request of the terminal, so that the terminal can perceive the group session, and subsequently the terminal can send the data of the communication device to the wireless access network device through the group session or from the wireless access network device through the group session. The group session receives data from radio access network devices.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向策略控制网元发送该通信设备的标识信息和第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话;接收来自该策略控制网元的第四指示信息和该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置,该第四指示信息指示能够建立群组会话。In a possible implementation method, the identification information of the communication device and the third indication information are sent to the policy control network element, and the third indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device; The fourth indication information of the element and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session, the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置包括默认的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信方法,该方法可以由无线接入网设备或应用于无线接入网设备中的模块(如芯片)来执行。该方法包括:接收来自会话管理网元的第一消息,该第一消息中包含聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识信息,该第一消息用于请求建立该群组会话;该聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,该至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,该至少两个终端为该通信设备提供聚合服务;根据该群组会话的标识信息,建立该群组会话。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a radio access network device or a module (such as a chip) applied to the radio access network device. The method includes: receiving a first message from a session management network element, where the first message includes identification information of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, and the first message is used to request establishment of the group session; the aggregation group Including at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device; according to the identification information of the group session, the group session is established.
根据上述方案,通信设备可以通信连接多个终端,从而该多个终端可以对该通信设备的数据进行分流,从而可以实现通信设备的大流量需求。并且,该多个终端可以互为备份,当部分终端发生故障或负载过重时,仍然有其它终端为该通信设备提供服务,因此也能够 满足通信设备对应可靠性的需求。According to the solution above, the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized. Moreover, the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other. When some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息还包含第一终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第一QoS信息和该第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes identification information of the first terminal, first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一QoS信息包含第一QFI和该第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数;该第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。In a possible implementation method, the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该第一终端确定该第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
在一种可能的实现方法中,根据该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含该第一终端的分流占比;根据该分流策略,确定该第二带宽参数;向该第一终端发送该第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, an offload strategy is determined according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal; according to the offload strategy, the offload strategy is determined. a second bandwidth parameter; sending the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
根据上述方案,由无线接入网设备确定第二带宽参数,从而第一终端根据该第二带宽参数进行分流控制。According to the above solution, the radio access network device determines the second bandwidth parameter, so that the first terminal performs offload control according to the second bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该第一终端发送该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的分流占比,该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的分流占比用于确定该第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal are sent to the first terminal, and the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal are used to determine the second bandwidth parameter.
根据上述方案,由终端确定第二带宽参数,从而第一终端根据该第二带宽参数进行分流控制。According to the above solution, the terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter, so that the first terminal performs offload control according to the second bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,该第一关联关系用于指示该第一QFI与该第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第一QFI与该第二QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自该第一终端的第一数据包,该第一数据包中包含该第二QFI和来自该通信设备的第一数据;根据该第一关联关系,生成第二数据包,该第二数据包中包含该第一QFI和该第一数据;向用户面网元发送该第二数据包。In a possible implementation method, a first data packet from the first terminal is received, and the first data packet includes the second QFI and the first data from the communication device; according to the first association relationship, generate a second data packet, where the second data packet includes the first QFI and the first data; and sending the second data packet to a user plane network element.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自用户面网元的第三数据包,该第三数据包中包含该第一QFI和第二数据;根据该第一关联关系,生成第四数据包,该第四数据包中包含该第二QFI和该第二数据;向该第一终端发送该第四数据包。In a possible implementation method, a third data packet from a user plane network element is received, the third data packet includes the first QFI and the second data; according to the first association relationship, a fourth data packet is generated, The fourth data packet includes the second QFI and the second data; sending the fourth data packet to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息还包含该聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和该聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes the identification information of the terminal in the aggregation group, the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group. Fourth QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和该第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;该第四QoS信息包含第四QFI。In a possible implementation method, the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该聚合群组内的终端确定该第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI. Four bandwidth parameters.
在一种可能的实现方法中,根据该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比;根据该分流策略,确定该第四带宽参数;向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, an offload strategy is determined according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group; according to The distribution policy determines the fourth bandwidth parameter; and sends the fourth bandwidth parameter to the terminals in the aggregation group.
根据上述方案,由无线接入网设备确定第四带宽参数,从而终端根据该第四带宽参数进行分流控制。According to the above solution, the radio access network device determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the fourth bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比,该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比用于确定该第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group are sent to the terminals in the aggregation group, and the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group are sent to the terminals in the aggregation group. The offload ratio is used to determine the fourth bandwidth parameter.
根据上述方案,由终端确定第四带宽参数,从而终端根据该第四带宽参数进行分流控制。According to the above solution, the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the fourth bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,该第二关联关系用于指示该第三QFI与该第四QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第三QFI与该第四QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自该聚合群组内的终端的第五数据包,该第五数据包中包含该第四QFI和来自该通信设备的第三数据;根据该第二关联关系,生成第六数据包,该第六数据包中包含该第三QFI和该第三数据;向用户面网元发送该第六数据包。In a possible implementation method, receiving a fifth data packet from a terminal in the aggregation group, the fifth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the third data from the communication device; according to the second association relationship, generating a sixth data packet, where the sixth data packet includes the third QFI and the third data; and sending the sixth data packet to a user plane network element.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自用户面网元的第七数据包,该第七数据包中包含该第三QFI和第四数据;根据该第二关联关系,生成第八数据包,该第八数据包中包含该第四QFI和该第四数据;向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第八数据包。In a possible implementation method, receiving a seventh data packet from a user plane network element, the seventh data packet includes the third QFI and the fourth data; generating an eighth data packet according to the second association relationship, The eighth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data; sending the eighth data packet to terminals in the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向该聚合群组内的终端发送分流规则,该分流规则用于指示该终端发送来自该通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示该终端发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则。In a possible implementation method, an offloading rule is sent to the terminal in the aggregation group, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send the uplink data packet from the communication device. Rules for downlink data packets of radio access network devices.
根据上述方案,向终端发送分流规则,从而终端可以按照分流规则收发通信设备的数据包,实现对通信设备的数据包的分流控制。并且,由于无线接入网设备与用户面网元之间采用群组会话,公用一个数据传输隧道,且公共整个群组的群组会话的标识,因此当分流规则需要调整时,只需要无线接入网设备和终端进行协商,核心网不需要额外的信令流程,节省了分流规则调整的时间,增加分流规则配置和调整的灵活性。According to the solution above, the distribution rule is sent to the terminal, so that the terminal can send and receive the data packet of the communication device according to the distribution rule, and realize the distribution control of the data packet of the communication device. Moreover, since group sessions are used between radio access network equipment and user plane network elements, a data transmission tunnel is shared, and group session identifiers of the entire group are shared, so when the offloading rules need to be adjusted, only the radio access The network access device and the terminal negotiate, and the core network does not require additional signaling procedures, which saves the time for adjusting distribution rules and increases the flexibility of configuration and adjustment of distribution rules.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信方法,该方法可以由终端或应用于终端中的模块(如芯片)来执行。该方法包括:接收来自无线接入网设备的分流规则,该分流规则用于指示该终端发送来自通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示该终端发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则;根据该分流规则,向该无线接入网设备发送来自该通信设备的上行数据包和/或向该通信设备发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包。In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, and the method may be executed by a terminal or a module (such as a chip) applied to the terminal. The method includes: receiving an offloading rule from a wireless access network device, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send a downlink data packet from the wireless access network device A data packet rule: according to the distribution rule, send the uplink data packet from the communication device to the radio access network device and/or send the downlink data packet from the radio access network device to the communication device.
根据上述方案,终端可以按照分流规则收发通信设备的数据包,实现对通信设备的数据包的分流控制,从而满足通信设备对于大流量的要求和对于可靠性的要求。According to the above solution, the terminal can send and receive the data packets of the communication device according to the distribution rule, so as to realize the distribution control of the data packets of the communication device, so as to meet the requirements of the communication device for large flow and reliability.
在一种可能的实现方法中,向会话管理网元发送第一请求,该第一请求中包含该终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息;接收来自该会话管理网元的用于群组会话的QoS规则;其中,在该第一请求用于请求加入聚合群组的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该终端的会话的标识信息和该终端的QoS信息;或者,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该终端的QoS信息,该QoS信息包含QFI。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含指示信息,用于指示由无线接入网设备或终端确定该QFI对应的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, a first request is sent to the session management network element, where the first request includes the identification information of the terminal and the identification information of the communication device; The QoS rule of the session; wherein, in the case that the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the QoS information of the terminal; or, in the first request In the case of requesting to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes identification information of the group session and QoS information of the terminal, and the QoS information includes QFI. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the radio access network device or the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,接收来自该无线接入网设备的该群组会话对应的带宽参数和该终端的分流占比;根据该群组会话对应的带宽参数和该终端的分流占比,确定该QFI对应的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, receiving the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session and the offload ratio of the terminal from the wireless access network device; according to the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session and the offload ratio of the terminal , to determine the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
根据上述方案,由终端确定带宽参数,从而终端根据该带宽参数进行分流控制。According to the above solution, the bandwidth parameter is determined by the terminal, so that the terminal performs offload control according to the bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,接收URSP,该URSP中包含该通信设备的标识信息;在检测到来自该通信设备的数据包后,根据该URSP,向该会话管理网元发送该第一请求。In a possible implementation method, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, a URSP is received, and the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device; After the data packet, according to the URSP, send the first request to the session management network element.
在一种可能的实现方法中,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,接收来自会话管理网元的会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于通知该终端发起群组会话建立;则该第一请求中还包含该群组会 话的标识信息。In a possible implementation method, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, a session establishment notification from a session management network element is received, and the session establishment notification includes the group session The identification information of the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminal to initiate the establishment of the group session; then the first request also includes the identification information of the group session.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是会话管理网元,还可以是用于会话管理网元的模块(如芯片)。该装置具有实现上述第一方面的任意实现方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a session management network element, or may be a module (such as a chip) for the session management network element. The device has the function of realizing any realization method of the first aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是无线接入网设备,还可以是用于无线接入网设备的模块(如芯片)。该装置具有实现上述第二方面的任意实现方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a radio access network device, or may be a module (such as a chip) for the radio access network device. The device has the function of implementing any implementation method of the second aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是终端,还可以是用于终端的模块(如芯片)。该装置具有实现上述第三方面的任意实现方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a terminal, or a module (such as a chip) for the terminal. The device has the function of realizing any realization method of the third aspect above. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的计算机指令,以使该装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes Any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a unit or means (means) for performing each step of any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述处理器用于通过接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法。该处理器包括一个或多个。In a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above. The processor includes one or more.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括与存储器耦合的处理器,该处理器用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法。该存储器可以位于该装置之内,也可以位于该装置之外。且该处理器可以是一个或多个。In the tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor coupled to the memory, and the processor is used to call the program stored in the memory to execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above . The memory may be located within the device or external to the device. And there may be one or more processors.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法被执行。In the eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a communication device, the above-mentioned first to third aspects Any implementation method of is executed.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被通信装置运行时,使得上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法被执行。In the twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run by a communication device, any of the above first to third aspects The implementation method is executed.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任意实现方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor, configured to execute any implementation method in the first aspect to the third aspect above.
第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括会话管理网元和用于执行上述第二方面的任意实现方法的无线接入网设备;其中,所述会话管理网元用于向所述无线接入网设备发送第一消息。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, the communication system includes a session management network element and a wireless access network device for performing any implementation method of the second aspect above; wherein, the session management The network element is configured to send the first message to the radio access network device.
图1(a)为基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图;Figure 1(a) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service architecture;
图1(b)为基于点对点接口的5G网络架构示意图;Figure 1(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种实现多终端聚合的方法示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for realizing multi-terminal aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。方法实施例中的具体操作方法也可以应用于装置实施例或系统实施例中。In order to make the purpose, technical solution and advantages of the application clearer, the application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The specific operation methods in the method embodiments can also be applied to the device embodiments or system embodiments.
图1(a)为基于服务化架构的第五代(5th generation,5G)网络架构示意图。图1(a)所示的5G网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是终端、数据网络(data network,DN)和运营商网络。下面对其中的部分网元的功能进行简单介绍说明。Figure 1(a) is a schematic diagram of the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) network architecture based on the service architecture. The 5G network architecture shown in Figure 1(a) can include three parts, namely terminals, data network (data network, DN) and operator network. The functions of some of the network elements are briefly introduced and described below.
其中,运营商网络可包括以下网元中的一个或多个:鉴权服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元、统一数据库(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF)网元、应用功能(application function,AF)网元、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备以及用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)网元(图中未示出)等。上述运营商网络中,除无线接入网设备之外的网元或设备可以称为核心网网元或核心网设备。Wherein, the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF) network element, application function (application function, AF) ) network elements, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function, SMF) network elements, radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment and users Plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) network element (not shown in the figure), etc. In the above operator network, network elements or devices other than radio access network devices may be referred to as core network elements or core network devices.
无线接入网设备可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、6G移动通信系统中的下一代基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。无线接入网设备可以是宏基站,也可以是微基站或室内站,还可以是中继节点或施主节点等。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。在本申请的实施例中,以基站作为无线接入网设备的一个举例进行描述。The wireless access network equipment can be a base station (base station), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), and a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in a 5G mobile communication system , a next-generation base station in a 6G mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) system, etc.; it can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, It can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The radio access network equipment may be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, or a relay node or a donor node. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the radio access network equipment. In the embodiments of the present application, a base station is used as an example of a radio access network device for description.
终端也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端等。终端可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械 臂、智能家居设备等。本申请的实施例对终端所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。A terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, and so on. Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things ( internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart city, etc. Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the terminal.
基站和终端可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。基站和终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对基站和终端的应用场景不做限定。Base stations and terminals can be fixed or mobile. Base stations and terminals can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and artificial satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the base station and the terminal.
AMF网元,执行移动性管理、接入鉴权/授权等功能。此外,还负责在终端与PCF间传递用户策略。The AMF network element performs functions such as mobility management and access authentication/authorization. In addition, it is also responsible for transferring user policies between the terminal and the PCF.
SMF网元,执行会话管理、PCF下发控制策略的执行、UPF的选择、终端的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配等功能。The SMF network element performs functions such as session management, execution of control policies issued by the PCF, selection of UPF, and allocation of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for terminals.
UPF网元,作为和数据网络的接口UPF,完成用户面数据转发、基于会话/流级的计费统计,带宽限制等功能。The UPF network element, as the interface UPF with the data network, completes functions such as user plane data forwarding, session/flow-based charging statistics, and bandwidth limitation.
UDM网元,执行管理签约数据、用户接入授权等功能。The UDM network element performs functions such as managing subscription data and user access authorization.
UDR,执行签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。UDR implements the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
NEF网元,用于支持能力和事件的开放。NEF network elements are used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
AF网元,传递应用侧对网络侧的需求,例如,服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)需求或用户状态事件订阅等。AF可以是第三方功能实体,也可以是运营商部署的应用服务,如IP多媒体子系统(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IMS)语音呼叫业务。The AF network element transmits the requirements from the application side to the network side, such as Quality of Service (QoS) requirements or user status event subscriptions. The AF may be a third-party functional entity, or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS) voice call service.
PCF网元,负责针对会话、业务流级别进行计费、QoS带宽保障及移动性管理、终端策略决策等策略控制功能。The PCF network element is responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee, mobility management, and terminal policy decision-making.
NRF网元,可用于提供网元发现功能,基于其他网元的请求,提供网元类型对应的网元信息。NRF还提供网元管理服务,如网元注册、更新、去注册以及网元状态订阅和推送等。The NRF network element can be used to provide a network element discovery function, and provide network element information corresponding to the network element type based on the request of other network elements. NRF also provides network element management services, such as network element registration, update, de-registration, network element status subscription and push, etc.
AUSF网元,负责对用户进行鉴权,以确定是否允许用户或设备接入网络。The AUSF network element is responsible for authenticating users to determine whether users or devices are allowed to access the network.
NSSF网元,用于选择网络切片,对网络切片内的用户进行计数等。The NSSF network element is used to select a network slice and count users in the network slice.
DN,是位于运营商网络之外的网络,运营商网络可以接入多个DN,DN上可部署多种业务,可为终端提供数据和/或语音等服务。例如,DN是某智能工厂的私有网络,智能工厂安装在车间的传感器可为终端,DN中部署了传感器的控制服务器,控制服务器可为传感器提供服务。传感器可与控制服务器通信,获取控制服务器的指令,根据指令将采集的传感器数据传送给控制服务器等。又例如,DN是某公司的内部办公网络,该公司员工的手机或者电脑可为终端,员工的手机或者电脑可以访问公司内部办公网络上的信息、数据资源等。DN is a network outside the operator's network. The operator's network can access multiple DNs, and various services can be deployed on the DN, which can provide data and/or voice services for terminals. For example, DN is a private network of a smart factory. The sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminals, and the control server of the sensors is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensors. The sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain instructions from the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instructions. For another example, DN is a company's internal office network. The mobile phone or computer of the company's employees can be a terminal, and the employee's mobile phone or computer can access information and data resources on the company's internal office network.
图1(a)中Nausf、Nnef、Npcf、Nudm、Naf、Namf、Nsmf分别为上述AUSF、NEF、PCF、UDM、AF、AMF和SMF提供的服务化接口,用于调用相应的服务化操作。N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In Figure 1(a), Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, and Nsmf are the service interfaces provided by the above-mentioned AUSF, NEF, PCF, UDM, AF, AMF, and SMF, respectively, and are used to call corresponding service operations. N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meanings of these interface serial numbers may refer to the meanings defined in the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard agreement, and no limitation is made here.
图1(b)为基于点对点接口的5G网络架构示意图,其中的网元的功能的介绍可以参考图1(a)中对应的网元的功能的介绍,不再赘述。图1(b)与图1(a)的主要区别在于:图1(a)中的各个控制面网元之间的接口是服务化的接口,图1(b)中的各个控制面网元之间的接口是点对点的接口。Figure 1(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface. The introduction of the functions of the network elements can refer to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network elements in Figure 1(a), and will not be repeated here. The main difference between Figure 1(b) and Figure 1(a) is that the interface between each control plane network element in Figure 1(a) is a service interface, and each control plane network element in Figure 1(b) The interface between them is a point-to-point interface.
在图1(b)所示的架构中,各个网元之间的接口名称及功能如下:In the architecture shown in Figure 1(b), the interface names and functions between each network element are as follows:
1)、N1:AMF与终端之间的接口,可以用于向终端传递QoS控制规则等。1), N1: the interface between the AMF and the terminal, which can be used to transmit QoS control rules and the like to the terminal.
2)、N2:AMF与RAN之间的接口,可以用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。2), N2: the interface between the AMF and the RAN, which can be used to transfer radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
3)、N3:RAN与UPF之间的接口,主要用于传递RAN与UPF间的上下行用户面数据。3), N3: the interface between the RAN and the UPF, mainly used to transfer the uplink and downlink user plane data between the RAN and the UPF.
4)、N4:SMF与UPF之间的接口,可以用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息,包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。4), N4: The interface between SMF and UPF, which can be used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc. Information reporting.
5)、N5:AF与PCF之间的接口,可以用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。5), N5: the interface between the AF and the PCF, which can be used for sending application service requests and reporting network events.
6)、N6:UPF与DN的接口,用于传递UPF与DN之间的上下行用户数据流。6), N6: the interface between UPF and DN, used to transfer the uplink and downlink user data flow between UPF and DN.
7)、N7:PCF与SMF之间的接口,可以用于下发协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。7), N7: the interface between PCF and SMF, which can be used to deliver protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session granularity and service data flow granularity control policy.
8)、N8:AMF与UDM间的接口,可以用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据,以及AMF向UDM注册终端当前移动性管理相关信息等。8), N8: The interface between AMF and UDM, which can be used for AMF to obtain subscription data and authentication data related to access and mobility management from UDM, and for AMF to register terminal current mobility management related information with UDM.
9)、N9:UPF和UPF之间的用户面接口,用于传递UPF间的上下行用户数据流。9), N9: a user plane interface between UPF and UPF, used to transmit uplink and downlink user data flows between UPFs.
10)、N10:SMF与UDM间的接口,可以用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据,以及SMF向UDM注册终端当前会话相关信息等。10), N10: the interface between SMF and UDM, which can be used for SMF to obtain session management-related subscription data from UDM, and for SMF to register terminal current session-related information with UDM.
11)、N11:SMF与AMF之间的接口,可以用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信息、传递发送给终端的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。11), N11: the interface between SMF and AMF, which can be used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to terminals, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
12)、N12:AMF和AUSF间的接口,可以用于AMF向AUSF发起鉴权流程,其中可携带SUCI作为签约标识;12), N12: the interface between AMF and AUSF, which can be used for AMF to initiate an authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as a subscription identifier;
13)、N13:UDM与AUSF间的接口,可以用于AUSF向UDM获取用户鉴权向量,以执行鉴权流程。13), N13: the interface between UDM and AUSF, which can be used for AUSF to obtain user authentication vector from UDM to execute the authentication process.
14)、N15:PCF与AMF之间的接口,可以用于下发终端策略及接入控制相关策略。14), N15: the interface between the PCF and the AMF, which can be used to issue terminal policies and access control-related policies.
15)、N35:UDM与UDR间的接口,可以用于UDM从UDR中获取用户签约数据信息。15), N35: the interface between UDM and UDR, which can be used for UDM to obtain user subscription data information from UDR.
16)、N36:PCF与UDR间的接口,可以用于PCF从UDR中获取策略相关签约数据以及应用数据相关信息。16), N36: the interface between the PCF and the UDR, which can be used for the PCF to obtain policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from the UDR.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,上述网元或者功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the above-mentioned network element or function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). Optionally, the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请中的会话管理网元、用户面网元、策略控制网元分别可以是图1(a)或图1(b)中的SMF、UPF、PCF,也可以是未来通信如第六代(6th generation,6G)网络中具有上述SMF、UPF、PCF的功能的网元,本申请对此不限定。在本申请的实施例中,以SMF、UPF、PCF分别作为会话管理网元、用户面网元、策略控制网元的一个举例进行描述。The session management network element, user plane network element, and policy control network element in this application can be the SMF, UPF, and PCF in Figure 1(a) or Figure 1(b), respectively, or they can be future communications such as the sixth generation ( In the 6th generation, 6G) network, network elements having the functions of the above-mentioned SMF, UPF, and PCF are not limited in this application. In the embodiment of the present application, SMF, UPF, and PCF are respectively used as an example of a session management network element, a user plane network element, and a policy control network element for description.
为解决单终端性能不足,以及设备可靠性的问题,本申请实施例提出多终端能力聚合的方案,即多个终端共同为一个通信设备收发数据,多个终端的能力聚合在一起,形成大带宽,同时多个终端可以互为备份,解决可靠性问题。In order to solve the problem of insufficient single terminal performance and equipment reliability, the embodiment of this application proposes a multi-terminal capability aggregation solution, that is, multiple terminals jointly send and receive data for a communication device, and the capabilities of multiple terminals are aggregated together to form a large bandwidth , at the same time multiple terminals can back up each other to solve the reliability problem.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的通信设备,指的是需要通过终端进行收发数据的设 备,比如在工业场景中可以是工业设备。在上行方向,通信设备将上行数据发送给终端,由终端将上行数据发送给网络,在下行方向,终端从网络中接收下行数据,并将下行数据发送给通信设备。It should be noted that the communication device in the embodiment of this application refers to a device that needs to send and receive data through a terminal, for example, it may be an industrial device in an industrial scenario. In the uplink direction, the communication device sends uplink data to the terminal, and the terminal sends the uplink data to the network; in the downlink direction, the terminal receives downlink data from the network and sends the downlink data to the communication device.
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图。该方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes the following steps:
步骤201,SMF生成聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识。In step 201, the SMF generates an identifier of a group session corresponding to the aggregated group.
该聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,该至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,该至少两个终端为通信设备提供聚合服务。The aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide the aggregation service for the communication device.
这里的聚合服务,指的是由聚合群组内的终端同时为该通信设备提供服务,具体表现为:在上行方向,通信设备将需要发送的完整数据同时发送给各个终端,由各个终端按照分流规则,各自将完整数据中的一部分数据发送给网络。在下行方向,各个终端从网络收到需要发送给通信设备的完整数据中的部分数据,然后将收到的部分数据发送给通信设备,由通信设备根据从各个终端收到的数据,得到完整的数据;或者,各个终端从网络收到需要发送给通信设备的完整数据,然后将收到的完整数据发送给通信设备,由通信设备对从各个终端收到的完整数据进行去重得到相应的数据。The aggregation service here means that the terminals in the aggregation group provide services for the communication device at the same time. The specific performance is: in the uplink direction, the communication device sends the complete data to be sent to each terminal at the same time, and each terminal according to the distribution rules, each sending a portion of the complete data to the network. In the downlink direction, each terminal receives part of the complete data that needs to be sent to the communication device from the network, and then sends the received part of the data to the communication device, and the communication device obtains the complete data based on the data received from each terminal. data; or, each terminal receives the complete data that needs to be sent to the communication device from the network, and then sends the received complete data to the communication device, and the communication device deduplicates the complete data received from each terminal to obtain the corresponding data .
这里的群组会话,指的是由聚合群组内的各个终端共享的会话,该会话用于向网络发送通信设备的数据,或从网络接收需要发送给通信设备的数据。The group session here refers to a session shared by various terminals in the aggregated group, and the session is used to send data of the communication device to the network, or receive data from the network that needs to be sent to the communication device.
步骤202,SMF根据群组会话的标识,建立群组会话。In step 202, the SMF establishes a group session according to the identifier of the group session.
根据上述方案,通信设备可以通信连接多个终端,从而该多个终端可以对该通信设备的数据进行分流,从而可以实现通信设备的大流量需求。并且,该多个终端可以互为备份,当部分终端发生故障或负载过重时,仍然有其它终端为该通信设备提供服务,因此也能够满足通信设备对应可靠性的需求。According to the solution above, the communication device can communicate with multiple terminals, so that the multiple terminals can offload the data of the communication device, so that the large traffic demand of the communication device can be realized. Moreover, the multiple terminals can serve as backups for each other, and when some terminals fail or are overloaded, other terminals still provide services for the communication device, so the corresponding reliability requirements of the communication device can also be met.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种实现多终端聚合的方法示意图。该示例中,通信设备同时通过有线或无线方式连接两个终端,每个终端有自己的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)实体。通过各自的无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)、物理(physical,PHY)实体与基站连接,基站有一个统一的PDCP实体,对两个终端的PDCP实体发送的数据进行合并,并通过面向聚合群组的群组会话发送给UPF。其中,通信设备将要发送的数据包进行复制,同时发送给两个终端,两个终端的PDCP实体通过采用应用数据包的序列号进行PDCP层的数据包序列号同步,基站可以为两个终端制定和配置分流规则,在各自的PDCP实体选择要发送的数据包的序列号。即,两个终端均接收所有的数据包,但只根据分流规则发送特定序号的数据包,两个终端发送的数据包经过基站的聚合,可以按序号进行重排序,获取所有的数据包,达成数据包分流传输的目的。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for realizing multi-terminal aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this example, the communication device is connected to two terminals through wires or wirelessly at the same time, and each terminal has its own packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) entity. Connect to the base station through their respective radio link control (radio link control, RLC), medium access control (medium access control, MAC), and physical (physical, PHY) entities. The base station has a unified PDCP entity for two terminals The data sent by the PDCP entities in the group are combined and sent to the UPF through the aggregated group-oriented group session. Among them, the communication device copies the data packet to be sent and sends it to two terminals at the same time. The PDCP entities of the two terminals use the serial number of the application data packet to synchronize the serial number of the data packet in the PDCP layer. The base station can set And configure the distribution rule, select the sequence number of the data packet to be sent in the respective PDCP entity. That is, both terminals receive all data packets, but only send data packets with specific serial numbers according to the distribution rules. The data packets sent by the two terminals are aggregated by the base station, and can be reordered according to serial numbers to obtain all data packets. The purpose of data packet offload transmission.
作为一种实现方法,上述聚合群组的生成,可以是由SMF基于终端的请求判断是否将该终端加入到聚合群组,也可以是由SMF主动生成一个聚合群组。下面对这两种方法进行说明。As an implementation method, the generation of the above aggregation group may be based on the terminal's request by the SMF to determine whether to add the terminal to the aggregation group, or the SMF may actively generate an aggregation group. These two methods are described below.
方法一,SMF基于终端的请求,判断是否将一个终端加入到聚合群组。Method 1: The SMF judges whether to add a terminal to the aggregation group based on the request of the terminal.
比如,在上述步骤201之前,SMF收到来自第一终端的第一请求,该第一请求中包含第一终端的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息,该第一请求是加入请求,用于请求加入聚合 群组,或者该第一请求是会话建立请求,用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。SMF收到该第一请求后,判断终端列表中是否包含该第一终端,如果包含,则授权第一终端加入聚合群组,其中,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端,该终端列表可以是与该通信设备有关的应用功能网元如工业控制器等,提供给PCF,然后由PCF提供给SMF,或者该终端列表也可以是运营商配置在SMF上的,或者由运营商配置在PCF上,然后由PCF提供给SMF。For example, before the above step 201, the SMF receives a first request from the first terminal, the first request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, the first request is a join request, and is used to request Join the aggregation group, or the first request is a session establishment request, which is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device. After receiving the first request, the SMF judges whether the first terminal is included in the terminal list, and if so, authorizes the first terminal to join the aggregation group, wherein the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device , the terminal list can be provided to the PCF by the application function network elements related to the communication equipment, such as industrial controllers, etc., and then provided to the SMF by the PCF, or the terminal list can also be configured on the SMF by the operator, or by Operators are configured on the PCF, and then provided to the SMF by the PCF.
示例性地,SMF上存储有通信设备A以及通信设备A对应的终端列表,该终端列表中包含终端1、终端2、终端3和终端4。假如终端1向SMF发送上述第一请求,SMF确定该终端列表中包含该终端1,则授权终端1加入聚合群组,也即聚合群组中包含终端1。假如终端5向SMF发送上述第一请求,SMF确定该终端列表中不包含该终端5,则不授权终端5加入聚合群组,也即聚合群组中不包含终端5。Exemplarily, communication device A and a terminal list corresponding to communication device A are stored on the SMF, and the terminal list includes terminal 1 , terminal 2 , terminal 3 and terminal 4 . If the terminal 1 sends the first request to the SMF, and the SMF determines that the terminal list includes the terminal 1, then authorizes the terminal 1 to join the aggregation group, that is, the aggregation group includes the terminal 1. If the terminal 5 sends the first request to the SMF, and the SMF determines that the terminal 5 is not included in the terminal list, the terminal 5 is not authorized to join the aggregation group, that is, the aggregation group does not include the terminal 5.
根据该方法一,如果某个终端想要加入聚合群组,则该终端首先需要向SMF发送第一请求,当SMF授权该终端加入时,则该终端可以加入到聚合群组。如果某个终端没有发送第一请求,则该终端不会被加入到聚合群组。比如,终端1、终端2、终端5和终端6都发送了上述第一请求,则SMF生成的聚合群组中包含终端1和终端2。According to the first method, if a terminal wants to join the aggregation group, the terminal first needs to send a first request to the SMF, and when the SMF authorizes the terminal to join, the terminal can join the aggregation group. If a certain terminal does not send the first request, the terminal will not be added to the aggregation group. For example, if Terminal 1, Terminal 2, Terminal 5, and Terminal 6 all send the above-mentioned first request, then the aggregation group generated by the SMF includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2.
方法二,SMF主动生成聚合群组。Method 2: SMF actively generates aggregation groups.
该方法中,不是通过每个终端发送请求的方式来生成聚合群组,而是由SMF主动生成一个聚合群组。In this method, the aggregation group is not generated by each terminal sending a request, but an aggregation group is actively generated by the SMF.
作为一种实现方法,与该通信设备有关的应用功能网元如工业控制器,向SMF发送群组会话建立请求,该群组会话建立请求中包含通信设备的标识信息和终端列表,该终端列表中包含能够为通信设备提供聚合服务的终端,然后SMF根据终端列表中的终端的位置信息,确定聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含的终端均来自该终端列表。示例性地,应用功能网元向SMF提供了通信设备A的标识信息和终端列表,该终端列表中包含终端1、终端2、终端3和终端4,比如,终端1、终端2和终端3接入到同一个基站,而终端4接入到另一个基站,则SMF根据该终端列表中各个终端的位置信息(用接入的基站表示),确定聚合群组中包含终端1、终端2和终端3,但不包括终端4。As an implementation method, an application function network element related to the communication device, such as an industrial controller, sends a group session establishment request to the SMF, and the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list contains terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device, and then the SMF determines an aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the terminals included in the aggregation group all come from the terminal list. Exemplarily, the application function network element provides the identification information of communication device A and a terminal list to the SMF, and the terminal list includes terminal 1, terminal 2, terminal 3 and terminal 4, for example, terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3 connect access the same base station, and terminal 4 accesses another base station, the SMF determines that the aggregation group includes terminal 1, terminal 2, and terminal 3, but excluding terminal 4.
作为另一种实现方法,SMF接收来自任意一个终端如第一终端的加入请求,该加入请求中包含第一终端的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息,该加入请求用于请求加入聚合群组,则SMF根据第一终端的位置信息,确定聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含第一终端,以及包含与该第一终端接入到同一个基站的其它终端。示例性地,终端1向SMF发送加入请求,则SMF确定聚合群组中包含终端1,以及包含与终端1接入到同一基站的其它终端,如终端2、终端3和终端4,也即确定的聚合群组中包含终端1、终端2、终端3和终端4。该方法是由某一个终端发送的加入请求作为触发条件,触发SMF生成聚合群组,后续不再需要其它终端再发送加入请求。As another implementation method, the SMF receives a join request from any terminal such as the first terminal, the join request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the join request is used to request to join the aggregation group, Then, the SMF determines an aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, where the aggregation group includes the first terminal and other terminals connected to the same base station as the first terminal. Exemplarily, Terminal 1 sends a joining request to SMF, and then SMF determines that Terminal 1 is included in the aggregation group, as well as other terminals connected to the same base station as Terminal 1, such as Terminal 2, Terminal 3, and Terminal 4, that is, determine The aggregation group of includes Terminal 1, Terminal 2, Terminal 3, and Terminal 4. In this method, a join request sent by a certain terminal is used as a trigger condition to trigger the SMF to generate an aggregation group, and no other terminal is required to send join requests later.
如果SMF是通过上述方法一确定聚合群组,作为一种实现方法,SMF还可以向基站发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含群组会话的标识信息、第一终端的标识信息、群组会话的QoS流的第一QoS信息和第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息,第一消息用于请求建立群组会话。基站在收到第一消息后,可以根据群组会话的标识信息,建立该群组会 话。If the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method 1, as an implementation method, the SMF may also send a first message to the base station, the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, the group The first QoS information of the QoS flow of the session and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, and the first message is used to request to establish a group session. After receiving the first message, the base station can establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session.
可选的,该第一QoS信息包含第一服务质量流标识(Quality of Service Flow Identity,QFI)和第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数,该第一QFI用于标识该群组会话的QoS流,该第一带宽参数比如可以包含5G QoS标识(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)、保证流比特率(Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate,GFBR),最大流比特率(Maximum Flow Bit Rate,MFBR)。该第二QoS信息包含第二QFI,该第二QFI用于标识第一终端的会话的QoS流。Optionally, the first QoS information includes a first Quality of Service Flow Identity (Quality of Service Flow Identity, QFI) and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI, and the first QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the group session , the first bandwidth parameter may include, for example, a 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI), a guaranteed flow bit rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR), and a maximum flow bit rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR). The second QoS information includes a second QFI, where the second QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
可选的,该第一消息中还可以包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示由基站或第一终端确定第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数,该第二带宽参数比如包含GFBR。作为一种实现方法,由基站确定第二带宽参数,比如基站根据第一带宽参数和第一终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含第一终端的分流占比,基站根据分流策略确定第二带宽参数,然后基站向第一终端发送第二带宽参数。作为另一种实现方法,由终端确定第二带宽参数,基站向第一终端发送第一带宽参数和第一终端的分流占比,然后终端根据第一带宽参数和第一终端的分流占比确定第二带宽参数。其中,这里的第二带宽参数比如可以包括第一终端对应的GFBR。示例性地,第一带宽参数中包含的GFBR为100兆比特每秒(Mbps),第二带宽中包含的GFBR为50Mbps,第一终端的分流占比为50%。Optionally, the first message may further include first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the base station or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI, and the second bandwidth parameter includes, for example, GFBR. As an implementation method, the base station determines the second bandwidth parameter. For example, the base station determines the offload strategy according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal. The offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal. The policy determines the second bandwidth parameter, and then the base station sends the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal. As another implementation method, the terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter, the base station sends the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal to the first terminal, and then the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter according to the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal. Second bandwidth parameter. Wherein, the second bandwidth parameter here may include, for example, the GFBR corresponding to the first terminal. Exemplarily, the GFBR included in the first bandwidth parameter is 100 megabits per second (Mbps), the GFBR included in the second bandwidth is 50 Mbps, and the offload ratio of the first terminal is 50%.
可选的,当终端和基站之间的使用上述群组会话,基站和UPF之间也使用该群组会话,且基站和UPF之间的群组会话中的QoS流第一QFI与终端和基站之间的群组会话中的QoS流的第二QFI相同。该情形下,第一终端从通信设备收到数据包后,在该数据包中添加一个第二QFI,基站收到来自终端的数据包后,将该数据包发送给UPF。或者,基站从UPF收到数据包,该数据包中包含第一QFI,然后基站将该数据包直接发送给终端。Optionally, when the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station, the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, and the QoS flow first QFI in the group session between the base station and the UPF is related to the terminal and the base station The second QFI of the QoS flows in the group session between them is the same. In this case, after receiving the data packet from the communication device, the first terminal adds a second QFI to the data packet, and after receiving the data packet from the terminal, the base station sends the data packet to the UPF. Alternatively, the base station receives a data packet from the UPF, and the data packet includes the first QFI, and then the base station directly sends the data packet to the terminal.
可选的,该第一QFI与第二QFI不同,其中,终端和基站之间的使用上述群组会话且基站和UPF之间也使用该群组会话,或者是终端和基站之间使用终端的会话且基站和UPF之间使用该群组会话,则上述第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,该第一关联关系用于指示第一QFI与第二QFI之间的关联关系。该情形下,通信设备向终端发送数据包,该数据包中包含第一数据,第一终端收到该数据包后,在该数据包中添加一个第二QFI得到第一数据包,然后发送给基站,基站收到第一数据包后,根据第一关联关系生成第二数据包,该第二数据包中包含第一QFI和第一数据,然后基站向UPF发送第二数据包。或者,UPF向基站发送第三数据包,该第三数据包中包含第一QFI和第二数据,基站收到第三数据包后,根据第一关联关系生成第四数据包,该第四数据包中包含第二QFI和第二数据,然后基站向第一终端发送该第四数据包。因此,当第一QFI与第二QFI不同时,基站需要根据第一关联关系,对数据包中的QFI进行映射。Optionally, the first QFI is different from the second QFI, wherein the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station and the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, or the terminal and the base station are used between the terminal and the base station session and the group session is used between the base station and the UPF, the above-mentioned first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI. In this case, the communication device sends a data packet to the terminal, and the data packet contains the first data. After the first terminal receives the data packet, it adds a second QFI to the data packet to obtain the first data packet, and then sends it to The base station, after receiving the first data packet, the base station generates a second data packet according to the first association relationship, the second data packet includes the first QFI and the first data, and then the base station sends the second data packet to the UPF. Or, the UPF sends a third data packet to the base station, the third data packet contains the first QFI and the second data, and after receiving the third data packet, the base station generates a fourth data packet according to the first association relationship, and the fourth data The packet includes the second QFI and the second data, and then the base station sends the fourth data packet to the first terminal. Therefore, when the first QFI is different from the second QFI, the base station needs to map the QFI in the data packet according to the first association relationship.
如果SMF是通过上述方法一确定聚合群组,则SMF还可以向第一终端发送用于群组会话的QoS规则。If the SMF determines the aggregation group through the first method above, the SMF may also send the QoS rule for the group session to the first terminal.
其中,在上述第一请求用于请求加入聚合群组的情况下,该QoS规则中包含第一终端的会话的标识信息和第二QoS信息,可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第一指示信息。该情形下,第一终端不感知群组会话。也即,第一终端与基站之间通过第一终端的会话进行数据收发,而基站与UPF之间通过群组会话进行数据收发,该终端的会话与群组的会话之间具有关联关系,具体表现为上述第一关联关系。Wherein, in the case that the above-mentioned first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the first terminal and the second QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned first Instructions. In this situation, the first terminal is not aware of the group conversation. That is, data is sent and received between the first terminal and the base station through a session of the first terminal, and data is sent and received between the base station and the UPF through a group session, and there is an association between the session of the terminal and the session of the group. It is expressed as the above-mentioned first association relationship.
其中,在上述第一请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识信息和第二QoS信息,可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第一指示信 息。该情形下,第一终端感知群组会话。也即,第一终端与基站之间通过该群组会话进行数据收发,而基站与UPF之间也通过群组会话进行数据收发。其中,终端与基站之间的群组会话对应的第二QFI,与基站与UPF之间的群组会话对应的第一QFI可以相同,也可以不同。Wherein, when the above-mentioned first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the second QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned first 1. Instructions. In this situation, the first terminal perceives the group conversation. That is, data is sent and received between the first terminal and the base station through the group session, and data is also sent and received between the base station and the UPF through the group session. Wherein, the second QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station may be the same as or different from the first QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF.
作为一种实现方法,在上述第一请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,触发第一终端发送该第一请求的触发条件,比如可以是:第一终端收到用户路由选择策略(UE Routing Selection Policy,URSP),该URSP中包含通信设备的标识信息,则第一终端在检测到来自通信设备的数据包后,根据该URSP,向SMF发送上述第一请求。也即该URSP触发第一终端在检测到来自通信设备的数据包后,向SMF发送第一请求,以请求建立群组会话。As an implementation method, when the above-mentioned first request is used to request the establishment of a group session for the communication device, the trigger condition for triggering the first terminal to send the first request may be, for example: the first terminal receives the user's routing selection Policy (UE Routing Selection Policy, URSP), the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device, then the first terminal sends the above-mentioned first request to the SMF according to the URSP after detecting the data packet from the communication device. That is, the URSP triggers the first terminal to send a first request to the SMF after detecting the data packet from the communication device, so as to request to establish a group session.
如果SMF是通过上述方法二确定聚合群组,作为一种实现方法,SMF还可以向基站发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含群组会话的标识信息、聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息,第一消息用于请求建立群组会话。基站在收到第一消息后,可以根据群组会话的标识信息,建立该群组会话。也即,聚合群组内的每个终端的QoS流都对应一个第四QoS信息,不同终端的第四QoS信息可以相同,也可以不同,不做限定。If the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method two, as an implementation method, the SMF can also send a first message to the base station, the first message includes the identification information of the group session and the identification information of the terminals in the aggregation group , the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the fourth QoS information of the QoS flow of terminals in the aggregation group, and the first message is used to request the establishment of the group session. After receiving the first message, the base station may establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session. That is, the QoS flow of each terminal in the aggregation group corresponds to a piece of fourth QoS information, and the fourth QoS information of different terminals may be the same or different, which is not limited.
可选的,该第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数,该第三QFI用于标识该群组会话的QoS流,该第三带宽参数比如可以包含5QI、GFBR,MFBR。该第四QoS信息包含第四QFI,该第四QFI用于标识聚合群组内的终端的会话的QoS流。Optionally, the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI, the third QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the group session, and the third bandwidth parameter may include, for example, 5QI, GFBR , MFBR. The fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI, and the fourth QFI is used to identify the QoS flow of the session of the terminal in the aggregation group.
可选的,该第一消息中还可以包含第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示由基站或聚合群组内的终端确定第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数,该第四带宽参数比如包含GFBR。作为一种实现方法,由基站确定第四带宽参数,比如基站根据第三带宽参数和聚合群组内的终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含聚合群组内的终端的分流占比,基站根据分流策略确定第四带宽参数,然后基站向聚合群组内的终端发送第四带宽参数。也即,针对每个终端,基站都根据第三带宽参数和聚合群组内的各个终端的信道状态信息,确定该终端的分流策略,该分流策略中包含该终端的分流占比,从而基站根据该终端的分流占比确定该终端的第四带宽参数。作为另一种实现方法,由终端确定第四带宽参数,基站向聚合群组内的终端发送第三带宽参数和聚合群组内的终端的分流占比,然后终端根据第三带宽参数和该终端的分流占比确定第四带宽参数。其中,这里的第四带宽参数比如可以包括终端对应的GFBR。也即,聚合群组内的每个终端根据第三带宽参数以及该终端的分流占比,确定该终端的第四带宽参数。示例性地,第三带宽参数中包含的GFBR为100Mbps,第四带宽中包含的GFBR为50Mbps,该终端的分流占比为50%。Optionally, the first message may also include second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the base station or a terminal in the aggregation group determines a fourth bandwidth parameter corresponding to the fourth QFI, and the fourth bandwidth parameter includes, for example, GFBR. As an implementation method, the base station determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, for example, the base station determines an offloading strategy according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the offloading strategy includes the offloading of the terminals in the aggregation group proportion, the base station determines the fourth bandwidth parameter according to the offload policy, and then the base station sends the fourth bandwidth parameter to the terminals in the aggregation group. That is, for each terminal, the base station determines the offload strategy of the terminal according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of each terminal in the aggregation group, the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the terminal, so that the base station determines the offload strategy according to The offload ratio of the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter of the terminal. As another implementation method, the terminal determines the fourth bandwidth parameter, and the base station sends the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminal in the aggregation group to the terminal in the aggregation group, and then the terminal The offload ratio of determines the fourth bandwidth parameter. Wherein, the fourth bandwidth parameter here may include, for example, the GFBR corresponding to the terminal. That is, each terminal in the aggregation group determines the fourth bandwidth parameter of the terminal according to the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminal. Exemplarily, the GFBR included in the third bandwidth parameter is 100 Mbps, the GFBR included in the fourth bandwidth is 50 Mbps, and the offload ratio of the terminal is 50%.
可选的,当终端和基站之间的使用上述群组会话,基站和UPF之间也使用该群组会话,且基站和UPF之间的群组会话中的QoS流第三QFI与终端和基站之间的群组会话中的QoS流的第四QFI相同。该情形下,聚合群组内的终端从通信设备收到数据包后,在该数据包中添加一个第四QFI,基站收到来自终端的数据包后,将该数据包发送给UPF。或者,基站从UPF收到数据包,该数据包中包含第三QFI,然后基站将该数据包直接发送给终端。Optionally, when the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station, the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, and the QoS flow third QFI in the group session between the base station and the UPF is related to the terminal and the base station The fourth QFI of the QoS flows in the group session between is the same. In this case, after receiving the data packet from the communication device, the terminal in the aggregation group adds a fourth QFI to the data packet, and the base station sends the data packet to the UPF after receiving the data packet from the terminal. Or, the base station receives a data packet from the UPF, and the data packet includes the third QFI, and then the base station directly sends the data packet to the terminal.
可选的,该第三QFI与第四QFI不同,其中,终端和基站之间的使用上述群组会话且基站和UPF之间也使用该群组会话,或者是终端和基站之间使用终端的会话且基站和UPF 之间使用该群组会话,则上述第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,该第二关联关系用于指示第三QFI与第四QFI之间的关联关系。该情形下,通信设备向聚合群组内的终端发送数据包,该数据包中包含第三数据,终端收到该数据包后,在该数据包中添加一个第四QFI得到第五数据包,然后发送给基站,基站收到第一数据包后,根据第一关联关系生成第六数据包,该第六数据包中包含第三QFI和第三数据,然后基站向UPF发送第六数据包。或者,UPF向基站发送第七数据包,该第七数据包中包含第三QFI和第四数据,基站收到第七数据包后,根据第一关联关系生成第八数据包,该第八数据包中包含第四QFI和第四数据,然后基站向聚合群组内的终端发送该第八数据包。因此,当第三QFI与第四QFI不同时,基站需要根据第二关联关系,对数据包中的QFI进行映射。Optionally, the third QFI is different from the fourth QFI, wherein the above-mentioned group session is used between the terminal and the base station and the group session is also used between the base station and the UPF, or the terminal and the base station are used between the terminal and the base station session and the group session is used between the base station and the UPF, the above-mentioned first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI. In this case, the communication device sends a data packet to the terminal in the aggregation group, the data packet contains the third data, and after receiving the data packet, the terminal adds a fourth QFI to the data packet to obtain the fifth data packet, Then send it to the base station. After receiving the first data packet, the base station generates a sixth data packet according to the first association relationship. The sixth data packet contains the third QFI and the third data, and then the base station sends the sixth data packet to the UPF. Or, the UPF sends a seventh data packet to the base station, the seventh data packet contains the third QFI and the fourth data, and after receiving the seventh data packet, the base station generates an eighth data packet according to the first association relationship, and the eighth data The packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data, and then the base station sends the eighth data packet to the terminals in the aggregation group. Therefore, when the third QFI is different from the fourth QFI, the base station needs to map the QFIs in the data packet according to the second association relationship.
如果SMF是通过上述方法二确定聚合群组,则SMF还可以向第一终端发送用于群组会话的QoS规则。If the SMF determines the aggregation group through the second method above, the SMF may also send the QoS rule for the group session to the first terminal.
在一种实现方法中,该QoS规则中包含聚合群组内的终端的会话的标识信息和第四QoS信息,可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第二指示信息。该情形下,聚合群组内的终端不感知群组会话。也即,聚合群组内的终端与基站之间通过终端的会话进行数据收发,而基站与UPF之间通过群组会话进行数据收发,该终端的会话与群组的会话之间具有关联关系,具体表现为上述第二关联关系。In an implementation method, the QoS rule includes identification information of sessions of terminals in the aggregation group and fourth QoS information, and optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned second indication information. In this situation, the terminals in the aggregated group do not perceive the group conversation. That is, the terminal in the aggregation group and the base station perform data transmission and reception through the session of the terminal, and the data transmission and reception between the base station and the UPF use the group session, and the session of the terminal has an association relationship with the session of the group. It is specifically expressed as the above-mentioned second association relationship.
在另一种实现方法中,该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识信息和第四QoS信息,可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第二指示信息。该情形下,聚合群组内的终端感知群组会话。也即,聚合群组内的终端与基站之间通过该群组会话进行数据收发,而基站与UPF之间也通过群组会话进行数据收发。其中,终端与基站之间的群组会话对应的第四QFI,与基站与UPF之间的群组会话对应的第三QFI可以相同,也可以不同。In another implementation method, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information, and optionally, the QoS rule also includes the above-mentioned second indication information. In this case, the terminals in the aggregation group perceive the group conversation. That is, the terminals in the aggregation group and the base station perform data transmission and reception through the group session, and the base station and UPF also perform data transmission and reception through the group session. Wherein, the fourth QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station may be the same as or different from the third QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF.
作为一种实现方法,通过以下方法可以实现使得聚合群组内的终端感知群组会话:SMF向聚合群组内的终端发送会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于通知聚合群组内的终端发起群组会话建立。聚合群组内的终端向SMF发送会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立请求用于请求建立群组会话。也即由聚合群组内的终端发起会话建立请求,则该终端可以感知该群组会话。As an implementation method, the following method can be used to make the terminals in the aggregation group aware of the group session: the SMF sends a session establishment notification to the terminals in the aggregation group, and the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session. The session establishment notification is used to notify the terminals in the aggregation group to initiate group session establishment. A terminal in the aggregated group sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session. That is, if a terminal in the aggregation group initiates a session establishment request, then the terminal can perceive the group session.
作为一种实现方法,SMF可以通过以下方法确定上述第一带宽参数或第三带宽参数:SMF向PCF发送通信设备的标识信息和第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话,PCF向SMF发送第四指示信息和该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置,该第四指示信息指示能够建立群组会话。可选的,该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置包括默认的带宽参数。SMF可以根据该默认的带宽参数确定上述第一带宽参数或第三带宽参数。As an implementation method, the SMF can determine the above-mentioned first bandwidth parameter or the third bandwidth parameter through the following method: the SMF sends the identification information of the communication device and the third indication information to the PCF, and the third indication information is used to request the establishment of a communication device for the communication device. For the group session, the PCF sends fourth indication information and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session to the SMF, where the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established. Optionally, the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter. The SMF may determine the first bandwidth parameter or the third bandwidth parameter according to the default bandwidth parameter.
作为一种实现方法,基站还可以向聚合群组内的终端发送分流规则,该分流规则用于指示聚合群组内的终端发送来自通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示聚合群组内的终端发送来自基站的下行数据包的规则。终端可以根据该分流规则,向基站发送来自通信设备的上行数据包和/或向通信设备发送来自基站的下行数据包。示例性的,终端1对应的分流规则指示终端1从起始序列号的数据包开始发送,以及后续每隔2个序列号发送1个数据包,以起始序列号为0为例,则终端1发送的数据包的序列号依次为0,3,6,9,12,……。该示例中,终端1对应的分流比例是33.3%。As an implementation method, the base station can also send a distribution rule to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the distribution rule is used to indicate the rules for the terminals in the aggregation group to send uplink data packets from the communication device, and/or indicate the aggregation group The rules for sending downlink data packets from the base station by the terminal in it. The terminal may send the uplink data packet from the communication device to the base station and/or send the downlink data packet from the base station to the communication device according to the distribution rule. Exemplarily, the distribution rule corresponding to terminal 1 instructs terminal 1 to start sending data packets with the initial sequence number, and to send a data packet every 2 subsequent serial numbers. Taking the initial sequence number as 0 as an example, the terminal 1 The sequence numbers of the data packets sent are 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, .... In this example, the diversion ratio corresponding to terminal 1 is 33.3%.
下面结合具体示例,对上述图2的实施例中的方案进行说明。The solution in the above embodiment in FIG. 2 will be described below with reference to specific examples.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图。该实施例中,SMF是通过上述方法一确定聚合群组,也即SMF基于终端的请求判断是否将该终端加入到群组。且该实施例中,终端不感知群组会话。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method one, that is, the SMF judges whether to add the terminal to the group based on the terminal's request. And in this embodiment, the terminal does not perceive the group conversation.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤401,AF向PCF发送聚合请求。In step 401, the AF sends an aggregation request to the PCF.
这里的AF可以是工业服务器或工业控制器等。The AF here can be an industrial server or an industrial controller, etc.
比如,AF通过NEF或UDR,向PCF发送该聚合请求。For example, the AF sends the aggregation request to the PCF through the NEF or UDR.
该聚合请求中包含通信设备的标识信息、QoS需求和该通信设备对应的终端列表。The aggregation request includes the identification information of the communication device, the QoS requirement and the terminal list corresponding to the communication device.
其中,该通信设备是需要使用聚合服务的设备,该通信设备的标识信息可以是地址或标识(identification,ID)。QoS需求例如包含带宽需求等信息。终端列表中包含一个或多个终端,该一个或多个终端指的是能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。Wherein, the communication device is a device that needs to use the aggregation service, and the identification information of the communication device may be an address or an identification (identification, ID). The QoS requirements include, for example, information such as bandwidth requirements. The terminal list includes one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals refer to terminals that can provide aggregation services for the communication device.
需要说明的是,该步骤401为可选步骤。当不执行该步骤401时,可以由运营商通过配置的方式,在PCF上配置通信设备的标识信息、QoS需求和该通信设备对应的终端列表。It should be noted that this step 401 is an optional step. When step 401 is not performed, the operator may configure the identification information of the communication device, the QoS requirement and the terminal list corresponding to the communication device on the PCF through configuration.
步骤402,终端1向SMF发送加入请求,该加入请求中包含终端1的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息。In step 402, terminal 1 sends a joining request to the SMF, and the joining request includes identification information of terminal 1 and identification information of the communication device.
该加入请求用于请求加入为该通信设备提供聚合服务的聚合群组,该聚合群组中可以包含一个或多个终端。该聚合群组也称为终端群组。The join request is used to request to join the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device, and the aggregation group may include one or more terminals. The aggregation group is also called a terminal group.
终端1可以向SMF发送N1消息,该N1消息中包含上述加入请求。Terminal 1 may send an N1 message to the SMF, and the N1 message includes the above joining request.
该终端1与通信设备之间通过有线或无线方式进行连接,因此可以通过有线或无线方式进行通信。The terminal 1 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
步骤403,SMF向PCF发送会话管理策略(sessionManagementpolicy,SM policy)请求,该会话管理策略请求中包含指示信息和通信设备的标识信息。In step 403, the SMF sends a session management policy (session management policy, SM policy) request to the PCF, and the session management policy request includes indication information and identification information of the communication device.
该指示信息用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话。The indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
步骤404,PCF向SMF发送会话管理策略,该会话管理策略中包含指示信息、终端列表和QoS流配置。In step 404, the PCF sends the session management policy to the SMF, and the session management policy includes indication information, terminal list and QoS flow configuration.
其中,该指示信息用于指示能够建立群组会话,或用于指示群组会话可用。其中,当PCF上配置有该通信设备的标识信息,且该通信设备对应有一个终端列表,则PCF确定该群组会话可用。Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate that the group session can be established, or is used to indicate that the group session is available. Wherein, when the identification information of the communication device is configured on the PCF, and the communication device corresponds to a terminal list, the PCF determines that the group session is available.
该终端列表即为上述步骤401中的终端列表,或者是运营商预配置的终端列表,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。The terminal list is the terminal list in step 401 above, or the terminal list pre-configured by the operator, and the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
该QoS流配置是该群组会话对应的默认QoS流的QoS流配置,该QoS流配置中包含5G QoS标识(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)以及带宽参数,该带宽参数比如包含保证流比特率(Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate,GFBR),最大流比特率(Maximum Flow Bit Rate,MFBR)。其中,5QI用于表征一个QoS流的特征,一个5QI对应一组特征参数。其中,PCF在生成QoS流配置,可以参考上述步骤401中描述的QoS需求。The QoS flow configuration is the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow corresponding to the group session. The QoS flow configuration includes a 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI) and a bandwidth parameter. The bandwidth parameter includes, for example, a guaranteed flow bit rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR), maximum flow bit rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR). Among them, 5QI is used to represent the characteristics of a QoS flow, and one 5QI corresponds to a group of characteristic parameters. Wherein, when the PCF is generating the QoS flow configuration, reference may be made to the QoS requirements described in step 401 above.
步骤405,SMF允许终端1加入群组会话。In step 405, the SMF allows Terminal 1 to join the group session.
具体的,SMF收到终端列表,表明该终端列表中包含终端1,则SMF授权终端1加入聚合群组,以及允许该终端1加入该聚合群组对应的群组会话。Specifically, when the SMF receives the terminal list, indicating that the terminal list includes terminal 1, the SMF authorizes terminal 1 to join the aggregation group, and allows the terminal 1 to join the group session corresponding to the aggregation group.
需要说明是,若该群组会话尚未建立,则SMF还需要建立该群组会话。It should be noted that, if the group session has not been established, the SMF also needs to establish the group session.
步骤406,SMF分配群组会话的标识。In step 406, the SMF allocates an identifier for the group session.
可选的,该群组会话的标识可以是通信设备的标识信息。Optionally, the identifier of the group conversation may be identification information of the communication device.
步骤407,SMF选择UPF,向UPF配置基于通信设备的标识信息的上行转发规则。In step 407, the SMF selects a UPF, and configures an uplink forwarding rule based on the identification information of the communication device to the UPF.
步骤408,UPF向SMF发送UPF分配的共享的上行N3端口信息。In step 408, the UPF sends the shared uplink N3 port information allocated by the UPF to the SMF.
步骤409,SMF向基站发送加入响应,该加入响应用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。Step 409, the SMF sends a joining response to the base station, where the joining response is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含加入响应。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a join response.
该加入响应中包含群组会话的标识、聚合群组、为群组会话分配的QFI 1、QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)、为终端1的会话分配的QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The joining response includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the session of Terminal 1, and the QFI 2 corresponding to QoS configuration file, indication information and association relationship.
可选的,该加入响应中还包含UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息。Optionally, the join response also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
其中,该聚合群组中包含被配置为向该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。该聚合群组中目前只包含终端1。Wherein, the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device. The aggregation group currently only includes Terminal 1.
可选的,QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI、GFBR和MFBR,其中,这里的5QI、GFBR和MFBR可以与上述步骤404中的默认QoS流的QoS流配置中的5QI、GFBR和MFBR分别相同。Optionally, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein, 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be respectively 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above step 404 same.
其中,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端1的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端1的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端1的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。上述加入响应中的指示信息,用于指示由基站确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 1, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
上述关联关系,指的是群组会话与终端1的会话之间的关联关系,或者指的是QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系。The above association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of Terminal 1, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1.
UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息,是上述步骤408中由UPF分配的。The shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in step 408 above.
步骤410,SMF通过N1消息,向终端1配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于终端1的会话中的由QFI 2标识的QoS流。Step 410, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 in the session of the terminal 1.
该QoS规则中包含终端1的会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 2、QFI2对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 1, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 2.
步骤411,基站为终端1配置接入网资源(AN resource)以及为终端1配置分流规则。Step 411, the base station configures access network resources (AN resource) for terminal 1 and configures distribution rules for terminal 1.
其中,分流规则用于指示终端1发送数据包的规则,比如指示终端1从起始序列号的上行数据包开始发送,以及后续每隔2个序列号发送1个上行数据包,以起始序列号为0为例,则终端1发送的上行数据包的序列号依次为0,3,6,9,12,……。Among them, the shunt rule is used to instruct terminal 1 to send data packets, for example, instruct terminal 1 to start sending uplink data packets with the starting sequence number, and then send an uplink data packet every 2 sequence numbers, starting with the starting sequence number If the number is 0 as an example, the sequence numbers of the uplink data packets sent by the terminal 1 are 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, . . .
作为一种实现方法,QFI 2对应的GFBR可以是由基站生成后发送给终端1。比如,基站根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件、聚合群组内的终端的信道状态信息以及聚合群组内的终端的聚合最大比特率(Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate,AMBR),确定群组会话的分流策略,该分流策略用于指示该群组会话的数据流在聚合群组内的各个终端上的占比或大小。其中,基站可以根据该分流策略,确定上述QFI 2对应的GFBR,然后发送给终端1。As an implementation method, the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 can be generated by the base station and sent to terminal 1. For example, the base station determines the offload strategy of the group session according to the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, and the aggregate maximum bit rate (Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate, AMBR) of the terminals in the aggregation group , the distribution policy is used to indicate the proportion or size of the data flow of the group session on each terminal in the aggregation group. Wherein, the base station can determine the GFBR corresponding to the above-mentioned QFI 2 according to the distribution strategy, and then send it to the terminal 1.
作为另一种实现方法,终端1也可以是根据基站发送的分流调度信息确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。比如,基站向终端1发送的分流调度信息包含指示信息和该群组会话对应的GFBR,例如,该指示信息指示终端1需要发送该群组会话上的一半流量,且该群组会话对应的GFBR是100兆比特/秒(Mbps),则终端可以计算得到QFI 2对应的GFBR是50Mbps。As another implementation method, terminal 1 may also determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 according to offload scheduling information sent by the base station. For example, the offload scheduling information sent by the base station to Terminal 1 includes indication information and the GFBR corresponding to the group session. For example, the indication information indicates that Terminal 1 needs to send half of the traffic on the group session, and the GFBR corresponding to the group session is 100 megabits per second (Mbps), then the terminal can calculate that the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 is 50Mbps.
步骤412,基站分配接入网隧道(AccessNetwork Tunnel,AN Tunnel),将接入网隧道的信息发送给SMF,该接入网隧道用于接收该群组会话的下行数据。Step 412, the base station allocates an access network tunnel (AccessNetwork Tunnel, AN Tunnel), and sends the information of the access network tunnel to the SMF, and the access network tunnel is used to receive the downlink data of the group session.
其中,接入网隧道的信息中包含接入网隧道的信息的标识。Wherein, the information of the access network tunnel includes an identifier of the information of the access network tunnel.
步骤413,SMF向UPF发送接入网隧道的信息,建立N3共享隧道,同时给UPF配置下行转发规则,该下行转发规则指示UPF将需要发送给通信设备的下行数据包通过该群组会话对应的N3共享隧道进行发送。Step 413, the SMF sends the information of the access network tunnel to the UPF, establishes the N3 shared tunnel, and configures the downlink forwarding rule for the UPF at the same time, and the downlink forwarding rule instructs the UPF to pass the downlink data packet that needs to be sent to the communication device through the corresponding N3 shares the tunnel for sending.
在完成上述操作之后,后续,在上行方向,终端1收到来自通信设备的上行数据包后,可以在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2,并通过终端1的会话发送给基站,基站收到该携带QFI 2的上行数据包后,根据QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 1,然后通过群组会话,将该上行数据包发送至UPF。其中,“在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 1”的实现方法,比如可以是使用QFI 1替换掉QFI 2,也即删除QFI 2并增加QFI 1,或者还可以是不删除已经携带的QFI 1,而是直接新添加QFI 2。在下行方向,基站通过群组会话收到来自UPF的下行数据包,该下行数据包的包头中包含QFI 1,基站根据QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,在下行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2,然后通过终端1的会话,将该下行数据包发送至终端1。也即,基站与终端1之间通过终端1的会话收发数据包,基站与UPF之间通过群组会话收发数据包,终端1不感知该群组会话。其中,“在下行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2”的实现方法,比如可以是使用QFI 2替换掉QFI 1,也即删除QFI 1并增加QFI 2,或者还可以是不删除已经携带的QFI 2,而是直接新添加QFI 1。After completing the above operations, subsequently, in the uplink direction, after terminal 1 receives the uplink data packet from the communication device, it can add QFI 2 to the header of the uplink data packet, and send it to the base station through the session of terminal 1, the base station After receiving the uplink data packet carrying QFI 2, according to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, add QFI 1 to the header of the uplink data packet, and then send the uplink data packet to UPF. Among them, the implementation method of "adding QFI 1 to the packet header of the uplink data packet", for example, can be to use QFI 1 to replace QFI 2, that is, to delete QFI 2 and add QFI 1, or not to delete the already carried QFI 1, but directly newly added QFI 2. In the downlink direction, the base station receives the downlink data packet from the UPF through the group session. The header of the downlink data packet contains QFI 1, and the base station adds Go to QFI 2, and then send the downlink data packet to Terminal 1 through the session of Terminal 1. That is, the base station and terminal 1 send and receive data packets through the session of terminal 1, and the base station and UPF send and receive data packets through a group session, and terminal 1 does not perceive the group session. Among them, the implementation method of "adding QFI 2 to the header of the downlink data packet", for example, can be to use QFI 2 to replace QFI 1, that is, to delete QFI 1 and add QFI 2, or not to delete the already carried QFI 2, but add QFI 1 directly.
在终端1加入到聚合群组之后,后续还可以有其它终端陆续加入到该聚合群组。以下以终端2加入该聚合群组为例进行说明。After terminal 1 joins the aggregation group, other terminals may also join the aggregation group one after another. The following takes terminal 2 joining the aggregation group as an example for illustration.
步骤414,终端2向SMF发送加入请求,该加入请求中包含终端2的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息。In step 414, the terminal 2 sends a join request to the SMF, and the join request includes the identification information of the terminal 2 and the identification information of the communication device.
该加入请求用于请求加入为该通信设备提供聚合服务的聚合群组,该聚合群组中当前已经包含终端1。The join request is used to request to join the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device, and the aggregation group currently includes the terminal 1 .
终端2可以向SMF发送N1消息,该N1消息中包含上述加入请求。Terminal 2 may send an N1 message to the SMF, and the N1 message includes the above joining request.
该终端2与通信设备之间通过有线或无线方式进行连接,因此可以通过有线或无线方式进行通信。The terminal 2 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
步骤415,SMF允许终端2加入群组会话。In step 415, the SMF allows terminal 2 to join the group session.
具体的,SMF根据从AF收到的终端列表或者根据运营商配置的终端列表,确定该终端列表中包含终端2,则SMF授权终端2加入聚合群组,以及允许该终端2加入该聚合群组对应的群组会话。当然,如果该终端列表中不包含终端2,则SMF不授权终端2加入聚合群组,也不允许该终端2加入该聚合群组对应的群组会话。Specifically, SMF determines that terminal 2 is included in the terminal list according to the terminal list received from AF or according to the terminal list configured by the operator, then SMF authorizes terminal 2 to join the aggregation group, and allows terminal 2 to join the aggregation group corresponding group conversation. Of course, if the terminal list does not include the terminal 2, the SMF does not authorize the terminal 2 to join the aggregation group, nor does it allow the terminal 2 to join the group session corresponding to the aggregation group.
步骤416,SMF向基站发送加入响应,该加入响应用于请求更新聚合群组。Step 416, the SMF sends a join response to the base station, where the join response is used to request to update the aggregation group.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含加入响应。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a joining response.
该加入响应中包含群组会话的标识、为终端2的会话分配的QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The joining response includes the identifier of the group session, the QFI 3 allocated for the session of the terminal 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, the indication information, and the association relationship.
其中,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端2的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端2的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端2的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。上述加入响应中的指示信息,用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 2, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
上述关联关系,指的是群组会话与终端2的会话之间的关联关系,或者指的是QFI 3与QFI 1之间的关联关系。The above association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of the terminal 2, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1.
步骤417,SMF通过N1消息,向终端2配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于终端2的会话中的由QFI 3标识的QoS流。Step 417, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 in the session of the terminal 2.
该QoS规则中包含终端2的会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 2, the identification information of the communication device, the QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, and the indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 3.
步骤418,基站为终端1和终端2配置接入网资源以及为终端1和终端2配置分流规则。Step 418 , the base station configures access network resources for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 and configures distribution rules for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 .
由于聚合群组新增了终端2,因此前述步骤中为终端1配置的接入网资源需要更新,前述步骤为终端1配置的分流规则也需要更新。并且,基站还需要为终端2配置接入网资源和分流规则。Since terminal 2 is added to the aggregation group, the access network resources configured for terminal 1 in the preceding steps need to be updated, and the distribution rules configured for terminal 1 in the preceding steps also need to be updated. In addition, the base station also needs to configure access network resources and distribution rules for the terminal 2 .
其中,为终端1配置的分流规则用于指示终端1发送上行数据包的规则,为终端2配置的分流规则用于指示终端2发送上行数据包的规则。比如指示终端1从起始序列号的上行数据包开始发送,后续每隔1个序列号发送1个上行数据包,以及,指示终端2从起始序列号之后的一个数据包开始发送,后续每隔1个序列号发送1个上行数据包。以起始序列号为0为例,则终端1发送的上行数据包的序列号依次为0,2,4,6,8,……,终端2发送的上行数据包的序列号依次为1,3,5,7,9,……。Wherein, the offload rule configured for terminal 1 is used to instruct terminal 1 to send uplink data packets, and the offload rule configured for terminal 2 is used to instruct terminal 2 to send uplink data packets. For example, instruct terminal 1 to start sending the uplink data packet with the starting sequence number, and then send an uplink data packet every other sequence number, and instruct terminal 2 to start sending a data packet after the starting sequence number, and then send every subsequent uplink data packet Send 1 uplink data packet every other sequence number. Taking the starting sequence number as 0 as an example, the sequence numbers of the uplink data packets sent by terminal 1 are 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, ..., and the sequence numbers of uplink data packets sent by terminal 2 are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, ....
其中,QFI 2对应的GFBR和QFI 3对应的GFBR的确定方式可以参考前述步骤411的描述。需要说明的是,与前述步骤411中所不同的是,聚合群组内当前包含终端1和终端2,因此确定QFI 2对应的GFBR和QFI 3对应的GFBR时,需要同时结合终端2的AMBR、终端3的AMBR、终端2的信道状态信息以及终端3的信道状态信息。Wherein, the method for determining the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 and the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3 can refer to the description of the aforementioned step 411. It should be noted that, the difference from the aforementioned step 411 is that the aggregation group currently includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2, so when determining the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2 and the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3, it is necessary to combine the AMBR of Terminal 2, AMBR of terminal 3, channel state information of terminal 2, and channel state information of terminal 3.
上述方案中,终端通过发送加入请求的形式加入到为通信设备提供聚合服务的聚合群组。核心网只维护一个共享的群组会话,基站可以根据核心网提供的群组会话对应的QoS配置文件,灵活制定分流策略,同时基站可以根据核心网提供的会话关联关系,关联终端会话中的QFI和群组会话中的QFI,终端不感知群组会话,仍然从终端会话上接收和发送数据。通过该方案,一个通信设备可以与一个聚合群组内的多个终端直接通信,当聚合群组内的部分终端因为故障或过载等原因,导致不能为该通信设备继续提供服务时,仍然可以由该聚合群组内的其它终端继续为该通信设备提供服务,因此可以实现为该通信设备提供稳定的服务,有利于节约资源。In the above solution, the terminal joins the aggregation group that provides the aggregation service for the communication device by sending a joining request. The core network only maintains a shared group session. The base station can flexibly formulate a traffic distribution strategy according to the QoS configuration file corresponding to the group session provided by the core network. At the same time, the base station can associate the QFI in the terminal session according to the session association relationship provided by the core network. With the QFI in the group session, the terminal does not perceive the group session, and still receives and sends data from the terminal session. Through this solution, a communication device can directly communicate with multiple terminals in an aggregation group. When some terminals in the aggregation group cannot continue to provide services for the communication device due to failure or overload, they can still be connected by Other terminals in the aggregation group continue to provide services for the communication device, so stable services can be provided for the communication device, which is beneficial to saving resources.
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图。该实施例中,SMF是通过上述方法二确定聚合群组,也即SMF主动确定聚合群组。且该实施例中,终端不感知群组 会话。该方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the SMF determines the aggregation group through the second method above, that is, the SMF actively determines the aggregation group. And in this embodiment, the terminal does not perceive the group conversation. The method includes the following steps:
步骤501,AF向PCF发送聚合请求。In step 501, the AF sends an aggregation request to the PCF.
该步骤同步骤401相同,可参考前述描述。This step is the same as step 401, and reference may be made to the foregoing description.
该步骤501为可选步骤。This step 501 is an optional step.
步骤502a,AF向SMF发送群组会话建立请求,该群组会话建立请求中包含通信设备的标识信息和终端列表。In step 502a, the AF sends a group session establishment request to the SMF, and the group session establishment request includes identification information of the communication device and a terminal list.
该群组会话建立请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。其中,该终端列表中包含一个或多个终端,该一个或多个终端指的是能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。The group session establishment request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device. Wherein, the terminal list includes one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals refer to terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
步骤502b,同步骤402,可参考前述描述。Step 502b is the same as step 402, and reference may be made to the foregoing description.
步骤503至步骤504,同步骤403至步骤404,可参考前述描述。Step 503 to step 504, same as step 403 to step 404, can refer to the foregoing description.
步骤505,SMF确定聚合群组,以及分配群组会话的标识。In step 505, the SMF determines the aggregation group and assigns a group session identifier.
当执行上述步骤502a时,则SMF可以根据终端列表中的终端的位置信息,确定聚合群组。例如,SMF从AF收到的终端列表中包含终端1、终端2和终端3。然后SMF向AMF查询终端1的位置信息、终端2的位置信息以及终端3的位置信息,比如确定终端1与终端2连接至同一个基站,终端3连接至另一个基站,则SMF可以确定聚合群组中包含终端1和终端2,而不包含终端3。当然,这里仅是作为示例说明确定聚合群组的具体实现方式,实际中根据终端的位置信息确定聚合群组的实现方法还有很多,不做限定。When the above step 502a is executed, the SMF can determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list. For example, the terminal list received by the SMF from the AF includes terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3. Then SMF queries AMF for the location information of Terminal 1, Terminal 2, and Terminal 3. For example, if it is determined that Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 are connected to the same base station, and Terminal 3 is connected to another base station, then SMF can determine the aggregation group The group contains Terminal 1 and Terminal 2, but does not contain Terminal 3. Of course, this is only used as an example to illustrate the specific implementation manner of determining the aggregation group. In practice, there are many implementation methods for determining the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminal, which are not limited.
当执行上述步骤502b时,则SMF可以根据终端1的标识信息,向AMF查询与该终端1接入到同一个基站的其它终端,比如终端1接入的基站下还有终端2,则SMF确定聚合群组中包含终端1和终端2。When the above step 502b is executed, the SMF can query the AMF for other terminals connected to the same base station as the terminal 1 according to the identification information of the terminal 1. For example, there is a terminal 2 under the base station accessed by the terminal 1. The aggregation group includes Terminal 1 and Terminal 2.
可选的,该群组会话的标识可以是通信设备的标识信息。Optionally, the identifier of the group conversation may be identification information of the communication device.
为便于说明,以下以该聚合群组由终端1和终端2构成为例进行说明。For ease of description, the aggregation group is constituted by terminal 1 and terminal 2 as an example for description below.
步骤506,SMF根据聚合群组,选择UPF。In step 506, the SMF selects a UPF according to the aggregation group.
具体的,SMF根据聚合群组内的终端的位置信息,选择一个UPF。Specifically, the SMF selects a UPF according to the location information of the terminals in the aggregation group.
步骤507至步骤508,同步骤407至步骤408,可参考前述描述。Step 507 to step 508, same as step 407 to step 408, can refer to the foregoing description.
步骤509,SMF向基站发送群组配置请求,该群组配置请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。Step 509, the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含群组配置请求。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
该群组配置请求中包含群组会话的标识、聚合群组、为群组会话分配的QFI 1、QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)、为终端1的会话分配的QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件、为终端2的会话分配的QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 assigned to the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 assigned to the session of Terminal 1, and the QFI 2 Corresponding QoS configuration file, QFI 3 allocated for the session of terminal 2, QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3, indication information and association relationship.
可选的,该群组配置请求中还包含UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息。Optionally, the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
其中,该聚合群组中包含被配置为向该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。Wherein, the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
可选的,QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI、GFBR和MFBR,其中,这里的5QI、GFBR和MFBR可以与上述步骤504中的默认QoS流的QoS流配置中的5QI、GFBR和MFBR分别相同。Optionally, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein, 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be respectively 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above-mentioned step 504 same.
其中,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1 对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端1的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端1的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端1的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 1, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端2的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端2的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端2的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。The QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 2, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
上述群组配置请求中的指示信息,用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2和QFI 3分别对应的GFBR。The indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBRs corresponding to QFI 2 and QFI 3 respectively.
上述关联关系,指的是群组会话与终端1的会话及终端2的会话之间的关联关系,或者指的是QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,以及QFI 3与QFI 1之间的关联关系。或者理解为,上述关联关系,指的是群组会话与聚合群组内的终端的会话之间的关联关系。The above association relationship refers to the association relationship between the group session and the session of Terminal 1 and the session of Terminal 2, or refers to the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1 connection relation. Alternatively, it can be understood that the foregoing association relationship refers to an association relationship between a group session and a session of terminals in the aggregation group.
UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息,是上述步骤508中由UPF分配的。The shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in step 508 above.
步骤510a,SMF通过N1消息,向终端1配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于终端1的会话中的由QFI 2标识的QoS流。Step 510a, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 in the session of the terminal 1.
该QoS规则中包含终端1的会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 1, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 2, and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 2.
步骤510b,SMF通过N1消息,向终端2配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于终端2的会话中的由QFI 3标识的QoS流。Step 510b, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 in the session of the terminal 2.
该QoS规则中包含终端2的会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the session of the terminal 2, the identification information of the communication device, the QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, and the indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to the QFI 3.
步骤511,基站为终端1和终端2配置接入网资源以及为终端1和终端2配置分流规则。Step 511 , the base station configures access network resources for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 and configures distribution rules for Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 .
该步骤的具体实现过程,可以参考步骤411以及步骤418的相关描述,不再赘述。For the specific implementation process of this step, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of step 411 and step 418, and details are not repeated here.
步骤512至步骤513,同步骤412至步骤413,可参考前述描述。Step 512 to step 513, same as step 412 to step 413, can refer to the foregoing description.
该图5的实施例能够实现与图4的实施例相同的技术效果,该图5的实施例与图4的实施例的主要区别是:该图5的实施例中可以由SMF主动确定聚合群组,而上述图4的实施例是由各个终端请求加入聚合群组。The embodiment in Figure 5 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in Figure 4, the main difference between the embodiment in Figure 5 and the embodiment in Figure 4 is: in the embodiment in Figure 5, the SMF can actively determine the aggregation group group, while in the embodiment of FIG. 4 above, each terminal requests to join the aggregation group.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图。该实施例中,SMF是通过上述方法一确定聚合群组,也即SMF基于终端的请求判断是否将该终端加入到群组。且该实施例中,终端感知群组会话。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the SMF determines the aggregation group through the above method one, that is, the SMF judges whether to add the terminal to the group based on the terminal's request. And in this embodiment, the terminal perceives the group conversation.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤601,同上述步骤401。Step 601 is the same as step 401 above.
步骤602,终端1向SMF发送会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含终端1的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息。In step 602, the terminal 1 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, and the session establishment request includes the identification information of the terminal 1 and the identification information of the communication device.
该会话建立请求用于请求建立群组会话。The session establishment request is used to request establishment of a group session.
该终端1与通信设备之间通过有线或无线方式进行连接,因此可以通过有线或无线方式进行通信。The terminal 1 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
其中,在步骤602之前,终端1可以收到来自PCF的URSP,该URSP中包含通信设备的标识信息,用于终端1识别来自通信设备的数据包。终端1在检测到来自该通信设备的数据包后,根据该URSP,触发向SMF发送上述会话建立请求。Wherein, before step 602, the terminal 1 may receive the URSP from the PCF, the URSP includes the identification information of the communication device, and is used for the terminal 1 to identify the data packet from the communication device. After terminal 1 detects the data packet from the communication device, according to the URSP, it triggers sending the above session establishment request to the SMF.
步骤603至步骤608,同上述步骤403至步骤408。Step 603 to step 608 are the same as above step 403 to step 408.
步骤609,SMF向基站发送群组配置请求,该群组配置请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。Step 609, the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含群组配置请求。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
该群组配置请求中包含群组会话的标识、聚合群组、为群组会话分配的QFI 1、QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)、为群组会话分配的QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the group session, and the corresponding QFI 2 The QoS configuration file, indication information and association relationship.
上述关联关系,指的是QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系。需要说明的是,当QFI 1与QFI 2相同,则该群组配置请求中可以不需要包含上述关联关系。The above-mentioned relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 1 is the same as QFI 2, the group configuration request does not need to include the above association relationship.
可选的,该群组配置请求中还包含UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息。Optionally, the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
其中,该聚合群组中包含被配置为向该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。该聚合群组中目前只包含终端1。Wherein, the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device. The aggregation group currently only includes Terminal 1.
可选的,QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI、GFBR和MFBR,其中,这里的5QI、GFBR和MFBR可以与上述步骤中的默认QoS流的QoS流配置中的5QI、GFBR和MFBR分别相同。Optionally, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be the same as 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above steps .
其中,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端1的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端1的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端1的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。上述群组配置请求中的指示信息,用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 1, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息,是上述步骤中由UPF分配的。The shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in the above steps.
步骤610,SMF通过N1消息,向终端1配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于群组会话的由QFI 2标识的QoS流。Step 610, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 of the group session.
该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the base station or terminal to determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
步骤611至步骤613,同步骤411至步骤413。Step 611 to step 613 are the same as step 411 to step 413.
在上述QFI 1与QFI 2不同的情况下,在完成上述操作之后,后续,在上行方向,终端1收到来自通信设备的上行数据包后,可以在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2,并通过终端1的会话发送给基站,基站收到该携带QFI 2的上行数据包后,根据QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 1,然后通过群组会话,将该上行数据包发送至UPF。其中,“在该上行数据包的包头中加上QFI 1”的实现方法,比如可以是使用QFI 1替换掉QFI 2,也即删除QFI 2并增加QFI 1,或者还可以是不删除已经携带的QFI 1,而是直接新添加QFI 2。在下行方向,基站通过群组会话收到来自UPF的下行数据包,该下行数据包的包头中包含QFI 1,基站根据QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,在下行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2,然后通过终端1的会话,将该下行数据包发送至终端1。也即,基站与终端1之间通过终端1的会话收发数据包,基站与UPF之间通过群组会话收发数据包,终端1不感知该群组会话。其中,“在下行数据包的包头中加上QFI 2”的实现方法,比如可以是使用QFI 2替换掉QFI 1,也即删除QFI 1并增加QFI 2,或者还可以是不删除已经携带的QFI 2,而是直接新添加QFI 1。In the case where the above QFI 1 is different from QFI 2, after the above operations are completed, subsequently, in the uplink direction, after terminal 1 receives the uplink data packet from the communication device, it can add QFI 2 to the header of the uplink data packet , and send it to the base station through the session of terminal 1. After receiving the uplink data packet carrying QFI 2, the base station adds QFI 1 to the header of the uplink data packet according to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and then The uplink data packet is sent to the UPF through the group session. Among them, the implementation method of "adding QFI 1 to the packet header of the uplink data packet", for example, can be to use QFI 1 to replace QFI 2, that is, to delete QFI 2 and add QFI 1, or not to delete the already carried QFI 1, but directly newly added QFI 2. In the downlink direction, the base station receives the downlink data packet from the UPF through the group session. The header of the downlink data packet contains QFI 1, and the base station adds Go to QFI 2, and then send the downlink data packet to Terminal 1 through the session of Terminal 1. That is, the base station and terminal 1 send and receive data packets through the session of terminal 1, and the base station and UPF send and receive data packets through a group session, and terminal 1 does not perceive the group session. Among them, the implementation method of "adding QFI 2 to the header of the downlink data packet", for example, can be to use QFI 2 to replace QFI 1, that is, to delete QFI 1 and add QFI 2, or not to delete the already carried QFI 2, but add QFI 1 directly.
在终端1加入到聚合群组之后,后续还可以有其它终端陆续加入到该聚合群组。以下以终端2加入该聚合群组为例进行说明。After terminal 1 joins the aggregation group, other terminals may also join the aggregation group one after another. The following takes terminal 2 joining the aggregation group as an example for illustration.
步骤614,终端2向SMF发送会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含终端2的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息。In step 614, the terminal 2 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, and the session establishment request includes the identification information of the terminal 2 and the identification information of the communication device.
该会话建立请求用于请求建立群组会话。The session establishment request is used to request establishment of a group session.
该终端2与通信设备之间通过有线或无线方式进行连接,因此可以通过有线或无线方式进行通信。The terminal 2 is connected to the communication device in a wired or wireless manner, so the communication can be performed in a wired or wireless manner.
其中,在步骤614之前,终端2可以收到来自PCF的URSP,该URSP中包含通信设备的标识信息,用于终端2识别来自通信设备的数据包。终端2在检测到来自该通信设备的数据包后,根据该URSP,触发向SMF发送上述会话建立请求。Wherein, before step 614, the terminal 2 may receive the URSP from the PCF, the URSP includes identification information of the communication device, and is used for the terminal 2 to identify the data packet from the communication device. After the terminal 2 detects the data packet from the communication device, according to the URSP, it triggers sending the above session establishment request to the SMF.
步骤615,同步骤415。Step 615 is the same as step 415.
步骤616,SMF向基站发送群组配置请求,该群组配置请求用于请求更新聚合群组。In step 616, the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to update the aggregation group.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含群组配置请求。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
该群组配置请求中包含群组会话的标识、为群组会话分配的QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the QFI 3 allocated for the group session, the QoS configuration file corresponding to the QFI 3, instruction information and association relationship.
该关联关系,指的是QFI 3与QFI 1之间的关联关系。需要说明的是,当QFI 3与QFI1相同,则该群组配置请求中可以不包含该关联关系。The relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 3 is the same as QFI 1, the association relationship may not be included in the group configuration request.
其中,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端2的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端2的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端2的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。上述加入响应中的指示信息,用于指示由基站确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 2, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The indication information in the above adding response is used to indicate that the base station determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
步骤617,SMF通过N1消息,向终端2配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则 应用于群组会话的由QFI 3标识的QoS流。Step 617, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 of the group session.
该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
步骤618,同步骤418。Step 618 is the same as step 418.
该图6的实施例能够实现与图4的实施例相同的技术效果,该图6的实施例与图4的实施例的主要区别是:该图6的实施例中的聚合群组内的各个终端感知群组会话,且终端与基站之间是通过该群组会话收发数据,也即终端收到通信设备的数据包后,通过群组会话发送给基站,基站通过群组会话发送给UPF,其中,终端和基站之间的群组会话对应的QFI(如上述QFI 2、QFI 3)与基站和UPF之间的群组会话对应的QFI(如上述QFI 1)可以相同,也可以不同。而上述图4的实施例中的聚合群组内的各个终端不感知群组会话,且终端与基站之间是通过终端的会话收发数据。The embodiment in FIG. 6 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in FIG. 4 . The main difference between the embodiment in FIG. 6 and the embodiment in FIG. 4 is that each of the aggregation groups in the embodiment in FIG. The terminal perceives the group session, and the terminal and the base station send and receive data through the group session, that is, after the terminal receives the data packet from the communication device, it sends it to the base station through the group session, and the base station sends it to the UPF through the group session. Wherein, the QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station (such as the above QFI 2, QFI 3) and the QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF (such as the above QFI 1) may be the same or different. However, in the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 4 , each terminal in the aggregation group is not aware of the group session, and data is sent and received between the terminal and the base station through the session of the terminal.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法示意图。该实施例中,SMF是通过上述方法二确定聚合群组,也即SMF主动确定聚合群组。且该实施例中,终端感知群组会话。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the SMF determines the aggregation group through the second method above, that is, the SMF actively determines the aggregation group. And in this embodiment, the terminal perceives the group conversation.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤701,同步骤501。Step 701 is the same as step 501.
步骤702a至步骤702b,同步骤502a至步骤502b。Step 702a to step 702b are the same as step 502a to step 502b.
步骤703至步骤705,同步骤503至步骤505。Step 703 to step 705 are the same as step 503 to step 505.
步骤706a,SMF向终端1发送会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含群组会话的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于指示终端1发起群组会话建立。In step 706a, the SMF sends a session establishment notification to Terminal 1, the session establishment notification includes identification information of the group session and identification information of the communication device, and the session establishment notification is used to instruct Terminal 1 to initiate group session establishment.
步骤706b,SMF向终端2发送会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含群组会话的标识信息和通信设备的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于指示终端2发起群组会话建立。In step 706b, the SMF sends a session establishment notification to the terminal 2, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session and the identification information of the communication device, and the session establishment notification is used to instruct the terminal 2 to initiate the establishment of the group session.
步骤707a,终端1向SMF发送会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含群组会话的标识信息和终端1的标识信息,该会话建立请求用于请求建立群组会话。Step 707a, Terminal 1 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session and identification information of Terminal 1, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
步骤707b,终端2向SMF发送会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含群组会话的标识信息和终端2的标识信息,该会话建立请求用于请求建立群组会话。Step 707b, Terminal 2 sends a session establishment request to the SMF, the session establishment request includes identification information of the group session and identification information of Terminal 2, and the session establishment request is used to request establishment of the group session.
步骤708至步骤710,同步骤506至步骤508。Step 708 to step 710 are the same as step 506 to step 508.
步骤711,SMF向基站发送群组配置请求,该群组配置请求用于请求为通信设备建立群组会话。Step 711, the SMF sends a group configuration request to the base station, where the group configuration request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device.
SMF可以向基站发送N2消息,该N2消息中包含群组配置请求。The SMF may send an N2 message to the base station, and the N2 message includes a group configuration request.
该群组配置请求中包含群组会话的标识、聚合群组、为群组会话分配的QFI 1、QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)、为群组会话分配的QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件、为群组会话分配的QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件、指示信息以及关联关系。The group configuration request includes the identifier of the group session, the aggregation group, the QFI 1 allocated for the group session, the QoS profile (QoS profile) corresponding to QFI 1, the QFI 2 allocated for the group session, and the corresponding QFI 2 QoS configuration file, QFI 3 assigned to the group session, QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3, indication information and association relationship.
上述关联关系,指的是QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系,以及QFI 3与QFI 1之间的关联关系。需要说明的是,当QFI 1与QFI 2相同,则上述群组配置请求中不需要指示QFI 2与QFI 1之间的关联关系。当QFI 1与QFI 3相同,则上述群组配置请求中不需要指示QFI3与QFI 1之间的关联关系。The above-mentioned relationship refers to the relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1, and the relationship between QFI 3 and QFI 1. It should be noted that when QFI 1 and QFI 2 are the same, the above group configuration request does not need to indicate the association relationship between QFI 2 and QFI 1. When QFI 1 is the same as QFI 3, the above group configuration request does not need to indicate the association between QFI 3 and QFI 1.
可选的,该群组配置请求中还包含UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息。Optionally, the group configuration request also includes shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF.
其中,该聚合群组中包含被配置为向该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。Wherein, the aggregation group includes a terminal configured to provide the aggregation service to the communication device.
可选的,QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI、GFBR和MFBR,其中,这里的5QI、GFBR和MFBR可以与上述步骤中的默认QoS流的QoS流配置中的5QI、GFBR和MFBR分别相同。Optionally, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 includes 5QI, GFBR and MFBR, wherein 5QI, GFBR and MFBR here can be the same as 5QI, GFBR and MFBR in the QoS flow configuration of the default QoS flow in the above steps .
其中,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端1的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端1的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端1的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。Among them, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 1 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 1, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 1 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含5QI和MFBR。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI存在映射关系,也即根据QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI,可以确定QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的5QI。QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是SMF根据终端2的签约信息和QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR确定的,其中,终端2的签约信息,比如可以是SMF通过PCF从UDM获取的,本申请不做限定。比如,QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR可以是终端2的签约信息中的MFBR与QFI 1对应的QoS配置文件中包含的MFBR中的较小值。The QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 includes 5QI and MFBR. There is a mapping relationship between the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1, that is, the QoS configuration corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined according to the 5QI contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1 5QI included in the file. The MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 can be determined by the SMF according to the subscription information of Terminal 2 and the MFBR contained in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1. The subscription information of Terminal 2, for example, can be obtained from the SMF through the PCF. The one obtained by UDM is not limited in this application. For example, the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 may be the smaller value of the MFBR included in the subscription information of the terminal 2 and the MFBR included in the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 1.
上述群组配置请求中的指示信息,用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2和QFI 3分别对应的GFBR。The indication information in the above-mentioned group configuration request is used to indicate that the base station or the terminal determines the GFBRs corresponding to QFI 2 and QFI 3 respectively.
UPF上的与该群组会话对应的共享的上行N3端口信息,是上述步骤中由UPF分配的。The shared uplink N3 port information corresponding to the group session on the UPF is allocated by the UPF in the above steps.
步骤712a,SMF通过N1消息,向终端1配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于群组会话的由QFI 2标识的QoS流。Step 712a, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 1 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 2 of the group session.
该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 2、QFI 2对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 2对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 2, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 2 and indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the base station or terminal to determine the GFBR corresponding to QFI 2.
步骤712b,SMF通过N1消息,向终端2配置用于群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则应用于群组会话的由QFI 3标识的QoS流。Step 712b, the SMF configures the QoS rule for the group session to the terminal 2 through the N1 message, and the QoS rule is applied to the QoS flow identified by the QFI 3 of the group session.
该QoS规则中包含群组会话的标识、通信设备的标识信息、QFI 3、QFI 3对应的QoS配置文件和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示由基站或终端确定QFI 3对应的GFBR。The QoS rule includes the identification of the group session, the identification information of the communication device, QFI 3, the QoS configuration file corresponding to QFI 3 and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the base station or terminal determines the GFBR corresponding to QFI 3.
步骤713至步骤715,同步骤511至步骤513。Step 713 to step 715 are the same as step 511 to step 513.
该图7的实施例能够实现与图5的实施例相同的技术效果,该图7的实施例与图5的实施例的主要区别是:该图7的实施例中的聚合群组内的各个终端感知群组会话,且终端与基站之间是通过该群组会话收发数据,也即终端收到通信设备的数据包后,通过群组会话发送给基站,基站通过群组会话发送给UPF,其中,终端和基站之间的群组会话对应的QFI(如上述QFI 2、QFI 3)与基站和UPF之间的群组会话对应的QFI(如上述QFI 1)可以相同,也可以不同。而上述图5的实施例中的聚合群组内的各个终端不感知群组会话,且终端与基站之间是通过该终端的会话收发数据。The embodiment in FIG. 7 can achieve the same technical effect as the embodiment in FIG. 5 . The main difference between the embodiment in FIG. 7 and the embodiment in FIG. 5 is that each of the aggregation groups in the embodiment in FIG. The terminal perceives the group session, and the terminal and the base station send and receive data through the group session, that is, after the terminal receives the data packet from the communication device, it sends it to the base station through the group session, and the base station sends it to the UPF through the group session. Wherein, the QFI corresponding to the group session between the terminal and the base station (such as the above QFI 2, QFI 3) and the QFI corresponding to the group session between the base station and the UPF (such as the above QFI 1) may be the same or different. However, in the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 5 , each terminal in the aggregation group is not aware of the group session, and data is sent and received between the terminal and the base station through the session of the terminal.
可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,基站、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、 用户面网元和终端包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the above embodiments, the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element and terminal include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
图8和图9为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中基站、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元和终端的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是基站、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元和终端,也可以是应用于基站、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元和终端的模块(如芯片)。FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element, and terminal in the above method embodiments, so the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments can also be realized. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may be a base station, a session management network element, a policy control network element, a user plane network element, and a terminal, or it may be a Modules (such as chips) for surface network elements and terminals.
如图8所示,通信装置800包括处理单元810和收发单元820。通信装置800用于实现上述图2、图4至图7中所示的方法实施例中基站、会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元和终端的功能。As shown in FIG. 8 , a communication device 800 includes a processing unit 810 and a transceiver unit 820 . The communication device 800 is used to implement functions of the base station, session management network element, policy control network element, user plane network element, and terminal in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
当通信装置800用于实现图2、图4至图7所示的方法实施例中会话管理网元的功能时:处理单元810,用于生成聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识,该聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,该至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,该至少两个终端为该通信设备提供聚合服务;根据该群组会话的标识,建立该群组会话。When the communication device 800 is used to realize the function of the session management network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 4 to FIG. The group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device; according to the identifier of the group session, the group session is established.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自第一终端的第一请求,该第一请求中包含该第一终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息,该第一请求用于请求加入该聚合群组或者用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话;处理单元810,用于确定终端列表中包含该第一终端,则授权该第一终端加入该聚合群组,其中,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a first request from a first terminal, where the first request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the first request It is used to request to join the aggregation group or to request to establish a group session for the communication device; the processing unit 810 is configured to determine that the first terminal is included in the terminal list, and then authorize the first terminal to join the aggregation group, wherein , the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含该群组会话的标识信息、该第一终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第一QoS信息和该第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息,该第一消息用于请求建立该群组会话。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, the group The first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, the first message is used to request establishment of the group session.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一QoS信息包含第一QFI和该第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数;该第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。In a possible implementation method, the first QoS information includes a first QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes a second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该第一终端确定该第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,该第一关联关系用于指示该第一QFI与该第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第一QFI与该第二QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该第一终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则;其中,在该第一请求用于请求加入该聚合群组的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该第一终端的会话的标识信息和该第二QoS信息;或者,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该第二QoS信息。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第一指示信息。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule used for the group session to the first terminal; wherein, when the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, The QoS rule includes the session identification information of the first terminal and the second QoS information; or, when the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the group The identification information of the group session and the second QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自应用功能网元的群组会话建立请求,该群组会话建立请求中包含该通信设备的标识信息和终端列表,该终端列表中包含能够为该通信设备提供聚合服务的终端;处理单元810,用于根据该终端列表中的终端 的位置信息,确定该聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含的该至少两个终端均来自该终端列表。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a group session establishment request from an application function network element, the group session establishment request includes the identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list includes Including a terminal capable of providing an aggregation service for the communication device; a processing unit 810, configured to determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group are from the terminal list.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自第一终端的加入请求,该加入请求中包含该第一终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息,该加入请求用于请求加入该聚合群组;处理单元810,用于根据该第一终端的位置信息,确定该聚合群组,其中,该聚合群组中包含的该至少两个终端包含该第一终端,且该至少两个终端接入到同一个无线接入网设备。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a joining request from a first terminal, where the joining request includes the identification information of the first terminal and the identification information of the communication device, and the joining request is used to request Join the aggregation group; the processing unit 810 is configured to determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group include the first terminal, and the at least Two terminals are connected to the same wireless access network device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包含该群组会话的标识信息、该聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和该聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes identification information of the group session and identification information of terminals in the aggregation group , the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session and the fourth QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和该第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;该第四QoS信息包含第四QFI。In a possible implementation method, the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该聚合群组内的终端确定该第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI. Four bandwidth parameters.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,该第二关联关系用于指示该第三QFI与该第四QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第三QFI与该第四QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则中包含该终端的会话的标识信息和该第四QoS信息。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含上述第二指示信息。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the fourth QoS information. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes the above-mentioned second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送用于该群组会话的QoS规则,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该第四QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the QoS rule for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于通知该聚合群组内的终端发起群组会话建立;接收来自该聚合群组内的终端的会话建立请求,该会话建立请求中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立请求用于请求建立该群组会话。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a session establishment notification to the terminals in the aggregation group, the session establishment notification includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the A terminal in the aggregated group initiates group session establishment; receives a session establishment request from a terminal in the aggregated group, the session establishment request includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the group session Group conversation.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向策略控制网元发送该通信设备的标识信息和第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话;接收来自该策略控制网元的第四指示信息和该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置,该第四指示信息指示能够建立群组会话。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the identification information of the communication device and third indication information to the policy control network element, where the third indication information is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device; Receive fourth indication information from the policy control network element and the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session, where the fourth indication information indicates that the group session can be established.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该群组会话的默认QoS流的QoS配置包括默认的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the QoS configuration of the default QoS flow of the group session includes a default bandwidth parameter.
当通信装置800用于实现图4至图7所示的方法实施例中基站的功能时:收发单元820,用于接收来自会话管理网元的第一消息,该第一消息中包含聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识信息,该第一消息用于请求建立该群组会话;该聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,该至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,该至少两个终端为该通信设备提供聚合服务;处理单元810,用于根据该群组会话的标识信息,建立该群组会话。When the communication device 800 is used to realize the functions of the base station in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. The identification information of the corresponding group session, the first message is used to request to establish the group session; the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are connected to the communication device in communication, and the at least two terminals are The communication device provides aggregation services; the processing unit 810 is configured to establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息还包含第一终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第一QoS信息和该第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes identification information of the first terminal, first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一QoS信息包含第一QFI和该第一QFI对应的第一 带宽参数;该第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。In a possible implementation method, the first QoS information includes the first QFI and the first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI; the second QoS information includes the second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该第一终端确定该第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI .
在一种可能的实现方法中,处理单元810,用于根据该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含该第一终端的分流占比;根据该分流策略,确定该第二带宽参数;收发单元820,用于向该第一终端发送该第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the processing unit 810 is configured to determine an offload strategy according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal, and the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal; The offloading strategy determines the second bandwidth parameter; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该第一终端发送该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的分流占比,该第一带宽参数和该第一终端的分流占比用于确定该第二带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal to the first terminal, the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal It is used to determine the second bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,该第一关联关系用于指示该第一QFI与该第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第一QFI与该第二QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI Same as this second QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自该第一终端的第一数据包,该第一数据包中包含该第二QFI和来自该通信设备的第一数据;处理单元810,用于根据该第一关联关系,生成第二数据包,该第二数据包中包含该第一QFI和该第一数据;收发单元820,用于向用户面网元发送该第二数据包。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a first data packet from the first terminal, the first data packet includes the second QFI and the first data from the communication device; the processing unit 810, configured to generate a second data packet according to the first association relationship, the second data packet including the first QFI and the first data; a transceiver unit 820, configured to send the second data to a user plane network element Bag.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自用户面网元的第三数据包,该第三数据包中包含该第一QFI和第二数据;处理单元810,用于根据该第一关联关系,生成第四数据包,该第四数据包中包含该第二QFI和该第二数据;收发单元820,用于向该第一终端发送该第四数据包。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a third data packet from the user plane network element, the third data packet includes the first QFI and the second data; the processing unit 810 is configured to The first association relationship generates a fourth data packet, and the fourth data packet includes the second QFI and the second data; the transceiving unit 820 is configured to send the fourth data packet to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息还包含该聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、该群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和该聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes the identification information of the terminal in the aggregation group, the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and the third QoS information of the QoS flow of the terminal in the aggregation group. Fourth QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和该第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;该第四QoS信息包含第四QFI。In a possible implementation method, the third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示由该无线接入网设备或该聚合群组内的终端确定该第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminals in the aggregation group determine the fourth QFI corresponding to the fourth QFI. Four bandwidth parameters.
在一种可能的实现方法中,处理单元810,用于根据该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,该分流策略中包含该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比;根据该分流策略,确定该第四带宽参数;收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the processing unit 810 is configured to determine an offload strategy according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, the offload strategy includes the terminals in the aggregation group according to the offload strategy, determine the fourth bandwidth parameter; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the fourth bandwidth parameter to terminals in the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比,该第三带宽参数和该聚合群组内的终端的分流占比用于确定该第四带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group to the terminals in the aggregation group, the third bandwidth parameter and the aggregation Offload ratios of terminals in the group are used to determine the fourth bandwidth parameter.
在一种可能的实现方法中,该第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,该第二关联关系用于指示该第三QFI与该第四QFI之间的关联关系;或者,该第三QFI与该第四QFI相同。In a possible implementation method, the first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or, the third QFI Same as this fourth QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自该聚合群组内的终端的第五数据包,该第五数据包中包含该第四QFI和来自该通信设备的第三数据;处理单元810,用于根据该第二关联关系,生成第六数据包,该第六数据包中包含该第三QFI和该第三数据;收发单元820,用于向用户面网元发送该第六数据包。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a fifth data packet from a terminal in the aggregation group, where the fifth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the third data from the communication device The processing unit 810 is configured to generate a sixth data packet according to the second association relationship, the sixth data packet includes the third QFI and the third data; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the user plane network element the Sixth packet.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自用户面网元的第七数据包,该第七数据包中包含该第三QFI和第四数据;处理单元810,用于根据该第二关联关系, 生成第八数据包,该第八数据包中包含该第四QFI和该第四数据;收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送该第八数据包。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive the seventh data packet from the user plane network element, the seventh data packet includes the third QFI and the fourth data; the processing unit 810 is configured to The second association relationship generates an eighth data packet, and the eighth data packet includes the fourth QFI and the fourth data; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the eighth data packet to terminals in the aggregation group.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向该聚合群组内的终端发送分流规则,该分流规则用于指示该终端发送来自该通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示该终端发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send an offloading rule to a terminal in the aggregation group, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or A rule that instructs the terminal to send downlink data packets from the wireless access network device.
当通信装置800用于实现图4至图7所示的方法实施例中终端的功能时:收发单元820,用于接收来自无线接入网设备的分流规则,该分流规则用于指示该终端发送来自通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示该终端发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则;处理单元810,用于根据该分流规则,通过收发单元820向该无线接入网设备发送来自该通信设备的上行数据包和/或向该通信设备发送来自该无线接入网设备的下行数据包。When the communication device 800 is used to implement the functions of the terminal in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. A rule for an uplink data packet from a communication device, and/or a rule for instructing the terminal to send a downlink data packet from the wireless access network device; the processing unit 810 is configured to transmit to the wireless access network through the transceiver unit 820 according to the distribution rule The network access device sends the uplink data packet from the communication device and/or sends the downlink data packet from the wireless access network device to the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于向会话管理网元发送第一请求,该第一请求中包含该终端的标识信息和该通信设备的标识信息;接收来自该会话管理网元的用于群组会话的QoS规则;其中,在该第一请求用于请求加入聚合群组的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该终端的会话的标识信息和该终端的QoS信息;或者,在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,该QoS规则中包含该群组会话的标识信息和该终端的QoS信息,该QoS信息包含QFI。可选的,该QoS规则中还包含指示信息,用于指示由无线接入网设备或终端确定该QFI对应的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send a first request to a session management network element, where the first request includes the identification information of the terminal and the identification information of the communication device; A QoS rule for a group session; wherein, in the case that the first request is used to request to join an aggregated group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the QoS information of the terminal; or, In the case that the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes identification information of the group session and QoS information of the terminal, and the QoS information includes QFI. Optionally, the QoS rule further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the radio access network device or the terminal determines the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于接收来自该无线接入网设备的该群组会话对应的带宽参数和该终端的分流占比;处理单元810,用于根据该群组会话对应的带宽参数和该终端的分流占比,确定该QFI对应的带宽参数。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session from the wireless access network device and the offload ratio of the terminal; the processing unit 810 is configured to The bandwidth parameter corresponding to the session and the offload ratio of the terminal determine the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,接收URSP,该URSP中包含该通信设备的标识信息;处理单元810,用于在检测到来自该通信设备的数据包后,根据该URSP,通过收发单元820向该会话管理网元发送该第一请求。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a URSP when the first request is for requesting to establish a group session for the communication device, and the URSP includes identification information of the communication device; process The unit 810 is configured to send the first request to the session management network element through the transceiver unit 820 according to the URSP after detecting the data packet from the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,收发单元820,用于在该第一请求用于请求为该通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,接收来自会话管理网元的会话建立通知,该会话建立通知中包含该群组会话的标识信息,该会话建立通知用于通知该终端发起群组会话建立;则该第一请求中还包含该群组会话的标识信息。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 820 is configured to receive a session establishment notification from a session management network element when the first request is for requesting establishment of a group session for the communication device, the session establishment notification The first request includes the identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminal to initiate the establishment of the group session; then the first request also includes the identification information of the group session.
有关上述处理单元810和收发单元820更详细的描述可以直接参考图2、图4至图7所示的方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions about the processing unit 810 and the transceiver unit 820 can be directly obtained by referring to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , and FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 , and details are not repeated here.
如图9所示,通信装置900包括处理器910和接口电路920。处理器910和接口电路920之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路920可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的,通信装置900还可以包括存储器930,用于存储处理器910执行的指令或存储处理器910运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器910运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 9 , a communication device 900 includes a processor 910 and an interface circuit 920 . The processor 910 and the interface circuit 920 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 920 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Optionally, the communication device 900 may further include a memory 930 for storing instructions executed by the processor 910 or storing input data required by the processor 910 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 910 executes the instructions.
当通信装置900用于实现图2、图4至图7所示的方法时,处理器910用于实现上述处理单元810的功能,接口电路920用于实现上述收发单元820的功能。When the communication device 900 is used to implement the methods shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 , the processor 910 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing unit 810 , and the interface circuit 920 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver unit 820 .
当上述通信装置为应用于终端的芯片时,该终端芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端的功能。该终端芯片从终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是基站发送 给终端的;或者,该终端芯片向终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端发送给基站的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to a terminal, the terminal chip implements the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiment. The terminal chip receives information from other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the terminal by the base station; or, the terminal chip sends information to other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the The information is sent by the terminal to the base station.
当上述通信装置为应用于基站的芯片时,该基站芯片实现上述方法实施例中基站的功能。该基站芯片从基站中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端发送给基站的;或者,该基站芯片向基站中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是基站发送给终端的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to a base station, the base station chip implements the functions of the base station in the above method embodiment. The base station chip receives information from other modules in the base station (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the base station by the terminal; or, the base station chip sends information to other modules in the base station (such as radio frequency modules or antennas). The information is sent by the base station to the terminal.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于基站或终端中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于基站或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in the base station or the terminal. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the base station or the terminal as discrete components.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、基站、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a base station, user equipment or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk. The computer readable storage medium may be a volatile or a nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character "/" indicates that the contextual objects are a "division" Relationship.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.
Claims (34)
- 一种无线通信方法,应用于会话管理网元,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method applied to a session management network element, characterized in that it includes:生成聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识,所述聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,所述至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,所述至少两个终端为所述通信设备提供聚合服务;Generate an identifier of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, the aggregation group includes at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device ;根据所述群组会话的标识,建立所述群组会话。Establish the group session according to the identifier of the group session.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:接收来自第一终端的第一请求,所述第一请求中包含所述第一终端的标识信息和所述通信设备的标识信息,所述第一请求用于请求加入所述聚合群组或者用于请求为所述通信设备建立群组会话;receiving a first request from a first terminal, where the first request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group or use requesting to establish a group session for the communication device;确定终端列表中包含所述第一终端,则授权所述第一终端加入所述聚合群组,其中,所述终端列表中包含能够为所述通信设备提供聚合服务的终端。Determining that the first terminal is included in the terminal list, authorizing the first terminal to join the aggregation group, where the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device.
- 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 2, further comprising:向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包含所述群组会话的标识信息、所述第一终端的标识信息、所述群组会话的服务质量QoS流的第一QoS信息和所述第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息,所述第一消息用于请求建立所述群组会话。sending a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the first terminal, and the first QoS of the QoS flow of the group session information and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal, and the first message is used to request establishment of the group session.
- 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 3, wherein所述第一QoS信息包含第一服务质量流标识QFI和所述第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数;The first QoS information includes a first quality of service flow identifier QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI;所述第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。The second QoS information includes a second QFI.
- 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein所述第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示由所述无线接入网设备或所述第一终端确定所述第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。The first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI.
- 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 5, wherein,所述第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于指示所述第一QFI与所述第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,The first message further includes a first association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or,所述第一QFI与所述第二QFI相同。The first QFI is the same as the second QFI.
- 如权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, further comprising:向所述第一终端发送用于所述群组会话的QoS规则;sending QoS rules for the group session to the first terminal;其中,在所述第一请求用于请求加入所述聚合群组的情况下,所述QoS规则中包含所述第一终端的会话的标识信息和所述第二QoS信息;或者,Wherein, when the first request is used to request to join the aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the first terminal and the second QoS information; or,在所述第一请求用于请求为所述通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,所述QoS规则中包含所述群组会话的标识信息和所述第二QoS信息。In a case where the first request is for requesting to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes identification information of the group session and the second QoS information.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:接收来自应用功能网元的群组会话建立请求,所述群组会话建立请求中包含所述通信设备的标识信息和终端列表,所述终端列表中包含能够为所述通信设备提供聚合服务的终端;receiving a group session establishment request from an application function network element, where the group session establishment request includes identification information of the communication device and a terminal list, and the terminal list includes terminals capable of providing aggregation services for the communication device ;根据所述终端列表中的终端的位置信息,确定所述聚合群组,其中,所述聚合群组中包含的所述至少两个终端均来自所述终端列表。The aggregation group is determined according to the location information of the terminals in the terminal list, where the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group are from the terminal list.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:接收来自第一终端的加入请求,所述加入请求中包含所述第一终端的标识信息和所述通信设备的标识信息,所述加入请求用于请求加入所述聚合群组;receiving a joining request from a first terminal, where the joining request includes identification information of the first terminal and identification information of the communication device, and the joining request is used to request joining the aggregation group;根据所述第一终端的位置信息,确定所述聚合群组,其中,所述聚合群组中包含的所述至少两个终端包含所述第一终端,且所述至少两个终端接入到同一个无线接入网设备。Determine the aggregation group according to the location information of the first terminal, wherein the at least two terminals included in the aggregation group include the first terminal, and the at least two terminals are connected to The same wireless access network device.
- 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising:向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包含所述群组会话的标识信息、所述聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、所述群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和所述聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息。sending a first message to the radio access network device, where the first message includes the identification information of the group session, the identification information of the terminals in the aggregated group, and the third information of the QoS flow of the group session QoS information and fourth QoS information of the QoS flows of the terminals in the aggregation group.
- 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 10, wherein所述第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和所述第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;The third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI;所述第四QoS信息包含第四QFI。The fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI.
- 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包含第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示由所述无线接入网设备或所述聚合群组内的终端确定所述第四QFI对应的第四带宽参数。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first message further includes second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the terminal in the aggregation group Determine a fourth bandwidth parameter corresponding to the fourth QFI.
- 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that,所述第一消息中还包含第二关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于指示所述第三QFI与所述第四QFI之间的关联关系;或者,The first message further includes a second association relationship, and the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the third QFI and the fourth QFI; or,所述第三QFI与所述第四QFI相同。The third QFI is the same as the fourth QFI.
- 如权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, further comprising:向所述聚合群组内的终端发送用于所述群组会话的QoS规则,所述QoS规则中包含所述终端的会话的标识信息和所述第四QoS信息。Sending the QoS rule used for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the fourth QoS information.
- 如权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, further comprising:向所述聚合群组内的终端发送用于所述群组会话的QoS规则,所述QoS规则中包含所述群组会话的标识信息和所述第四QoS信息。sending the QoS rule used for the group session to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the fourth QoS information.
- 一种无线通信方法,应用于无线接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method applied to wireless access network equipment, characterized in that it includes:接收来自会话管理网元的第一消息,所述第一消息中包含聚合群组对应的群组会话的标识信息,所述第一消息用于请求建立所述群组会话;所述聚合群组中包含至少两个终端,所述至少两个终端与通信设备通信连接,所述至少两个终端为所述通信设备提供聚合服务;receiving a first message from a session management network element, where the first message includes identification information of a group session corresponding to an aggregation group, and the first message is used to request establishment of the group session; the aggregation group Including at least two terminals, the at least two terminals are communicatively connected to the communication device, and the at least two terminals provide aggregation services for the communication device;根据所述群组会话的标识信息,建立所述群组会话。Establish the group session according to the identification information of the group session.
- 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 16, wherein,所述第一消息还包含第一终端的标识信息、所述群组会话的服务质量QoS流的第一QoS信息和所述第一终端的会话的QoS流的第二QoS信息;The first message further includes identification information of the first terminal, first QoS information of the QoS flow of the group session, and second QoS information of the QoS flow of the session of the first terminal;所述第一QoS信息包含第一服务质量流标识QFI和所述第一QFI对应的第一带宽参数;The first QoS information includes a first quality of service flow identifier QFI and a first bandwidth parameter corresponding to the first QFI;所述第二QoS信息包含第二QFI。The second QoS information includes a second QFI.
- 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 17, wherein,所述第一消息中还包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示由所述无线接入网设备或所述第一终端确定所述第二QFI对应的第二带宽参数。The first message further includes first indication information, where the first indication information indicates that the radio access network device or the first terminal determines the second bandwidth parameter corresponding to the second QFI.
- 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 18, further comprising:根据所述第一带宽参数和所述第一终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,所述分流策略中包含所述第一终端的分流占比;determining an offload strategy according to the first bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the first terminal, where the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the first terminal;根据所述分流策略,确定所述第二带宽参数;Determine the second bandwidth parameter according to the offload strategy;向所述第一终端发送所述第二带宽参数。sending the second bandwidth parameter to the first terminal.
- 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 18, further comprising:向所述第一终端发送所述第一带宽参数和所述第一终端的分流占比,所述第一带宽参数和所述第一终端的分流占比用于确定所述第二带宽参数。Sending the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal to the first terminal, where the first bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the first terminal are used to determine the second bandwidth parameter.
- 如权利要求17至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein,所述第一消息中还包含第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于指示所述第一QFI与所述第二QFI之间的关联关系;或者,所述第一QFI与所述第二QFI相同;The first message also includes a first association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the first QFI and the second QFI; or, the first QFI and the second QFI Two QFIs are the same;所述方法还包括:The method also includes:接收来自所述第一终端的第一数据包,所述第一数据包中包含所述第二QFI和来自所述通信设备的第一数据;receiving a first data packet from the first terminal, the first data packet including the second QFI and first data from the communication device;根据所述第一关联关系,生成第二数据包,所述第二数据包中包含所述第一QFI和所述第一数据;generating a second data packet according to the first association relationship, the second data packet including the first QFI and the first data;向用户面网元发送所述第二数据包。Send the second data packet to a user plane network element.
- 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 16, wherein,所述第一消息还包含所述聚合群组内的终端的标识信息、所述群组会话的QoS流的第三QoS信息和所述聚合群组内的终端的QoS流的第四QoS信息;The first message further includes identification information of terminals in the aggregation group, third QoS information of QoS flows of the group session, and fourth QoS information of QoS flows of terminals in the aggregation group;所述第三QoS信息包含第三QFI和所述第三QFI对应的第三带宽参数;所述第四QoS信息包含第四QFI;The third QoS information includes a third QFI and a third bandwidth parameter corresponding to the third QFI; the fourth QoS information includes a fourth QFI;所述方法还包括:The method also includes:根据所述第三带宽参数和所述聚合群组内的终端的信道状态信息,确定分流策略,所述分流策略中包含所述聚合群组内的终端的分流占比;determining an offload strategy according to the third bandwidth parameter and the channel state information of the terminals in the aggregation group, where the offload strategy includes the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group;根据所述分流策略,确定所述第四带宽参数;determining the fourth bandwidth parameter according to the offload strategy;向所述聚合群组内的终端发送所述第四带宽参数。sending the fourth bandwidth parameter to the terminals in the aggregation group.
- 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 22, further comprising:向所述聚合群组内的终端发送所述第三带宽参数和所述聚合群组内的终端的分流占比,所述第三带宽参数和所述聚合群组内的终端的分流占比用于确定所述第四带宽参数。Sending the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group to the terminals in the aggregation group, where the third bandwidth parameter and the offload ratio of the terminals in the aggregation group are used for determining the fourth bandwidth parameter.
- 如权利要求16至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 23, further comprising:向所述聚合群组内的终端发送分流规则,所述分流规则用于指示所述终端发送来自所述通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示所述终端发送来自所述无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则。sending an offloading rule to terminals in the aggregation group, where the offloading rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the wireless access Rules for downlink data packets of network devices.
- 一种无线通信方法,应用于终端,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method applied to a terminal, characterized in that it includes:接收来自无线接入网设备的分流规则,所述分流规则用于指示所述终端发送来自通信设备的上行数据包的规则,和/或指示所述终端发送来自所述无线接入网设备的下行数据包的规则;receiving a distribution rule from a wireless access network device, where the distribution rule is used to instruct the terminal to send an uplink data packet from the communication device, and/or instruct the terminal to send a downlink data packet from the wireless access network device Packet rules;根据所述分流规则,向所述无线接入网设备发送来自所述通信设备的上行数据包和/或向所述通信设备发送来自所述无线接入网设备的下行数据包。Send the uplink data packet from the communication device to the radio access network device and/or send the downlink data packet from the radio access network device to the communication device according to the distribution rule.
- 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 25, further comprising:向会话管理网元发送第一请求,所述第一请求中包含所述终端的标识信息和所述通信设备的标识信息;sending a first request to a session management network element, where the first request includes identification information of the terminal and identification information of the communication device;接收来自所述会话管理网元的用于群组会话的服务质量QoS规则;receiving QoS rules for group sessions from the session management network element;其中,在所述第一请求用于请求加入聚合群组的情况下,所述QoS规则中包含所述终端的会话的标识信息和所述终端的QoS信息;或者,Wherein, when the first request is used to request to join an aggregation group, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the session of the terminal and the QoS information of the terminal; or,在所述第一请求用于请求为所述通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,所述QoS规则中包含所述群组会话的标识信息和所述终端的QoS信息,所述QoS信息包含服务质量标识QFI。In the case that the first request is used to request to establish a group session for the communication device, the QoS rule includes the identification information of the group session and the QoS information of the terminal, and the QoS information includes the service Quality logo QFI.
- 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 26, further comprising:接收来自所述无线接入网设备的所述群组会话对应的带宽参数和所述终端的分流占比;receiving the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session from the radio access network device and the offload ratio of the terminal;根据所述群组会话对应的带宽参数和所述终端的分流占比,确定所述QFI对应的带宽参数。Determine the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the QFI according to the bandwidth parameter corresponding to the group session and the offload ratio of the terminal.
- 如权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一请求用于请求为所述通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein, in the case where the first request is for requesting establishment of a group session for the communication device, the method further comprises:接收用户路由选择策略URSP,所述URSP中包含所述通信设备的标识信息;receiving a user routing policy URSP, where the URSP includes identification information of the communication device;所述向会话管理网元发送第一请求,包括:The sending the first request to the session management network element includes:在检测到来自所述通信设备的数据包后,根据所述URSP,向所述会话管理网元发送所述第一请求。After the data packet from the communication device is detected, the first request is sent to the session management network element according to the URSP.
- 如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一请求用于请求为所述通信设备建立群组会话的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein, in the case where the first request is for requesting establishment of a group session for the communication device, the method further comprises:接收来自会话管理网元的会话建立通知,所述会话建立通知中包含所述群组会话的标识信息,所述会话建立通知用于通知所述终端发起群组会话建立;receiving a session establishment notification from a session management network element, where the session establishment notification includes identification information of the group session, and the session establishment notification is used to notify the terminal to initiate group session establishment;则所述第一请求中还包含所述群组会话的标识信息。Then the first request further includes identification information of the group session.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述方法的模块,或用于执行如权利要求16至24中任一项所述方法的模块,或用于执行如权利要求25至29中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, or a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 16 to 24, or Means for carrying out the method as claimed in any one of claims 25 to 29.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行权利要求1至15中任一项所述方法,或执行权利要求16至24中任一项所述方法,或执行权利要求25至29中任一项所述方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 15, or implement the claim 16 to 24, or perform the method of any one of claims 25 to 29.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括会话管理网元和用于执行权利要求16至24中任一项所述方法的无线接入网设备;其中,所述会话管理网元用于向所述无线接入网设备发送第一消息。A communication system, characterized by comprising a session management network element and a radio access network device configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 16 to 24; wherein the session management network element is used to provide the The wireless access network device sends the first message.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在通信装置上运行时,使得权利要求1至29中任一项所述方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a communication device, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 29 is executed .
- 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被通信装置运行时,使得权利要求1至29中任一项所述方法被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a computer program or an instruction, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 29 is executed.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110633850.5 | 2021-06-07 | ||
CN202110633850.5A CN115515081B (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2021-06-07 | A wireless communication method and a communication device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022257629A1 true WO2022257629A1 (en) | 2022-12-15 |
Family
ID=84425466
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/089310 WO2022257629A1 (en) | 2021-06-07 | 2022-04-26 | Wireless communication method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115515081B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022257629A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN118870565A (en) * | 2023-04-28 | 2024-10-29 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Terminal association method, device and readable storage medium |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103023934A (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2013-04-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Virtual terminal system and multi-thread service synchronization method in virtual terminal system |
CN103188725A (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and system for adapting, distributing transmission and current switching of coordination service |
CN103905330A (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2014-07-02 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Multi-terminal cooperative communication service distribution proportion acquiring method and server |
JP2019125997A (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-25 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Multi-point communication system and method, and program |
CN110830925A (en) * | 2018-08-14 | 2020-02-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Session management method and device for user group |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109862525A (en) * | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | A method and device for establishing a user group |
US20210144781A1 (en) * | 2019-11-07 | 2021-05-13 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Methods, apparatus, and systems for coordinated multiple relay link wireless communication with ue cooperation |
US11765616B2 (en) * | 2019-11-19 | 2023-09-19 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Methods, apparatus, and systems for UE cooperation with UE relaying |
-
2021
- 2021-06-07 CN CN202110633850.5A patent/CN115515081B/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-04-26 WO PCT/CN2022/089310 patent/WO2022257629A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103023934A (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2013-04-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Virtual terminal system and multi-thread service synchronization method in virtual terminal system |
CN103188725A (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and system for adapting, distributing transmission and current switching of coordination service |
CN103905330A (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2014-07-02 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Multi-terminal cooperative communication service distribution proportion acquiring method and server |
JP2019125997A (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-25 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Multi-point communication system and method, and program |
CN110830925A (en) * | 2018-08-14 | 2020-02-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Session management method and device for user group |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115515081B (en) | 2024-11-26 |
CN115515081A (en) | 2022-12-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN113973322B (en) | A communication method and device | |
US20230046157A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2022033558A1 (en) | Relay management method and communication apparatus | |
WO2023020046A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
US20220256395A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus, and system | |
CN114830818B (en) | QoS management method, relay terminal, PCF network element, SMF network element and remote terminal | |
WO2023016298A1 (en) | Service awareness method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
WO2022033543A1 (en) | Relay communication method, and communication apparatus | |
WO2023174150A1 (en) | Access control method and apparatus | |
CN115915196A (en) | Link state detection method, communication device and communication system | |
US20250150162A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
WO2023185772A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
US20250184812A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus, system, and storage medium | |
WO2022257629A1 (en) | Wireless communication method and communication apparatus | |
US20240080716A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
US12185422B2 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2022267652A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
WO2023143212A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2021138784A1 (en) | Network access method, apparatus and system | |
WO2021042381A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
WO2023061207A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
WO2023179331A1 (en) | Data packet sending method, communication device, and communication system | |
WO2025086053A1 (en) | Method for scheduled transmission of data and communication apparatus | |
WO2023050781A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
WO2023169225A1 (en) | Pin management method, communication apparatus, and communication system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22819231 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22819231 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |